1systemd System and Service Manager
2
3CHANGES WITH 251:
4
5        Backwards-incompatible changes:
6
7        * The minimum kernel version required has been bumped from 3.13 to 4.15,
8          and CLOCK_BOOTTIME is now assumed to always exist.
9
10        * C11 with GNU extensions (aka "gnu11") is now used to build our
11          components. Public API headers are still restricted to ISO C89.
12
13        * In v250, a systemd-networkd feature that automatically configures
14          routes to addresses specified in AllowedIPs= was added and enabled by
15          default. However, this causes network connectivity issues in many
16          existing setups. Hence, it has been disabled by default since
17          systemd-stable 250.3. The feature can still be used by explicitly
18          configuring RouteTable= setting in .netdev files.
19
20        * Jobs started via StartUnitWithFlags() will no longer return 'skipped'
21          when a Condition*= check does not succeed, restoring the JobRemoved
22          signal to the behaviour it had before v250.
23
24        * The org.freedesktop.portable1 methods GetMetadataWithExtensions() and
25          GetImageMetadataWithExtensions() have been fixed to provide an extra
26          return parameter, containing the actual extension release metadata.
27          The current implementation was judged to be broken and unusable, and
28          thus the usual procedure of adding a new set of methods was skipped,
29          and backward compatibility broken instead on the assumption that
30          nobody can be affected given the current state of this interface.
31
32        * All kernels supported by systemd mix RDRAND (or similar) into the
33          entropy pool at early boot. This means that on those systems, even if
34          /dev/urandom is not yet initialized, it still returns bytes that that
35          are at least as high quality as RDRAND. For that reason, we no longer
36          have reason to invoke RDRAND from systemd itself, which has
37          historically been a source of bugs. Furthermore, kernels ≥5.6 provide
38          the getrandom(GRND_INSECURE) interface for returning random bytes
39          before the entropy pool is initialized without warning into kmsg,
40          which is what we attempt to use if available. systemd's direct usage
41          of RDRAND has been removed. x86 systems ≥Broadwell that are running
42          an older kernel may experience kmsg warnings that were not seen with
43          250. For newer kernels, non-x86 systems, or older x86 systems, there
44          should be no visible changes.
45
46        * sd-boot will now measure the kernel command line into TPM PCR 12
47          rather than PCR 8. This improves usefulness of the measurements on
48          systems where sd-boot is chainloaded from Grub. Grub measures all
49          commands its executes into PCR 8, which makes it very hard to use
50          reasonably, hence separate ourselves from that and use PCR 12
51          instead, which is what certain Ubuntu editions already do. To retain
52          compatibility with systems running older systemd systems a new meson
53          option 'efi-tpm-pcr-compat' has been added (which defaults to false).
54          If enabled, the measurement is done twice: into the new-style PCR 12
55          *and* the old-style PCR 8. It's strongly advised to migrate all users
56          to PCR 12 for this purpose in the long run, as we intend to remove
57          this compatibility feature in two year's time.
58
59        * busctl capture now writes output in the newer pcapng format instead
60          of pcap.
61
62        * An udev rule that imported hwdb matches for USB devices with
63          lowercase hexadecimal vendor/product ID digits was added in systemd
64          250. This has been reverted, since uppercase hexadecimal digits are
65          supposed to be used, and we already had a rule that with the
66          appropriate match.
67
68          Users might need to adjust their local hwdb entries.
69
70        * arch_prctl(2) has been moved to the @default set in the syscall filters
71          (as exposed via the SystemCallFilter= setting in service unit files).
72          It is apparently used by the linker now.
73
74        * The tmpfiles entries that create the /run/systemd/netif directory and
75          its subdirectories were moved from tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf to
76          tmpfiles.d/systemd-network.conf.
77
78          Users might need to adjust their files that override tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf
79          to account for this change.
80
81        * The requirement for Portable Services images to contain a well-formed
82          os-release file (i.e.: contain at least an ID field) is now enforced.
83          This applies to base images and extensions, and also to systemd-sysext.
84
85        Changes in the Boot Loader Specification, kernel-install and sd-boot:
86
87        * kernel-install's and bootctl's Boot Loader Specification Type #1
88          entry generation logic has been reworked. The user may now pick
89          explicitly by which "token" string to name the installation's boot
90          entries, via the new /etc/kernel/entry-token file or the new
91          --entry-token= switch to bootctl. By default — as before — the
92          entries are named after the local machine ID. However, in "golden
93          image" environments, where the machine ID shall be initialized on
94          first boot (as opposed to at installation time before first boot) the
95          machine ID will not be available at build time. In this case the
96          --entry-token= switch to bootctl (or the /etc/kernel/entry-token
97          file) may be used to override the "token" for the entries, for
98          example the IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from /etc/os-release. This will
99          make the OS images independent of any machine ID, and ensure that the
100          images will not carry any identifiable information before first boot,
101          but on the other hand means that multiple parallel installations of
102          the very same image on the same disk cannot be supported.
103
104          Summary: if you are building golden images that shall acquire
105          identity information exclusively on first boot, make sure to both
106          remove /etc/machine-id *and* to write /etc/kernel/entry-token to the
107          value of the IMAGE_ID= or ID= field of /etc/os-release or another
108          suitable identifier before deploying the image.
109
110        * The Boot Loader Specification has been extended with
111          /loader/entries.srel file located in the EFI System Partition (ESP)
112          that disambiguates the format of the entries in the /loader/entries/
113          directory (in order to discern them from incompatible uses of this
114          directory by other projects). For entries that follow the
115          Specification, the string "type1" is stored in this file.
116
117          bootctl will now write this file automatically when installing the
118          systemd-boot boot loader.
119
120        * kernel-install supports a new initrd_generator= setting in
121          /etc/kernel/install.conf, that is exported as
122          $KERNEL_INSTALL_INITRD_GENERATOR to kernel-install plugins. This
123          allows choosing different initrd generators.
124
125        * kernel-install will now create a "staging area" (an initially-empty
126          directory to gather files for a Boot Loader Specification Type #1
127          entry). The path to this directory is exported as
128          $KERNEL_INSTALL_STAGING_AREA to kernel-install plugins, which should
129          drop files there instead of writing them directly to the final
130          location. kernel-install will move them when all files have been
131          prepared successfully.
132
133        * New option sort-key= has been added to the Boot Loader Specification
134          to override the sorting order of the entries in the boot menu. It is
135          read by sd-boot and bootctl, and will be written by kernel-install,
136          with the default value of IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from
137          os-release. Together, this means that on multiboot installations,
138          entries should be grouped and sorted in a predictable way.
139
140        * The sort order of boot entries has been updated: entries which have
141          the new field sort-key= are sorted by it first, and all entries
142          without it are ordered later. After that, entries are sorted by
143          version so that newest entries are towards the beginning of the list.
144
145        * The kernel-install tool gained a new 'inspect' verb which shows the
146          paths and other settings used.
147
148        * sd-boot can now optionally beep when the menu is shown and menu
149          entries are selected, which can be useful on machines without a
150          working display. (Controllable via a loader.conf setting.)
151
152        * The --make-machine-id-directory= switch to bootctl has been replaced
153          by --make-entry-directory=, given that the entry directory is not
154          necessarily named after the machine ID, but after some other suitable
155          ID as selected via --entry-token= described above. The old name of
156          the option is still understood to maximize compatibility.
157
158        * 'bootctl list' gained support for a new --json= switch to output boot
159          menu entries in JSON format.
160
161        * 'bootctl is-installed' now supports the --graceful, and various verbs
162          omit output with the new option --quiet.
163
164        Changes in systemd-homed:
165
166        * Starting with v250 systemd-homed uses UID/GID mapping on the mounts
167          of activated home directories it manages (if the kernel and selected
168          file systems support it). So far it mapped three UID ranges: the
169          range from 0…60000, the user's own UID, and the range 60514…65534,
170          leaving everything else unmapped (in other words, the 16bit UID range
171          is mapped almost fully, with the exception of the UID subrange used
172          for systemd-homed users, with one exception: the user's own UID).
173          Unmapped UIDs may not be used for file ownership in the home
174          directory — any chown() attempts with them will fail. With this
175          release a fourth range is added to these mappings:
176          524288…1879048191. This range is the UID range intended for container
177          uses, see:
178
179                  https://systemd.io/UIDS-GIDS
180
181          This range may be used for container managers that place container OS
182          trees in the home directory (which is a questionable approach, for
183          quota, permission, SUID handling and network file system
184          compatibility reasons, but nonetheless apparently commonplace). Note
185          that this mapping is mapped 1:1 in a pass-through fashion, i.e. the
186          UID assignments from the range are not managed or mapped by
187          `systemd-homed`, and must be managed with other mechanisms, in the
188          context of the local system.
189
190          Typically, a better approach to user namespacing in relevant
191          container managers would be to leave container OS trees on disk at
192          UID offset 0, but then map them to a dynamically allocated runtime
193          UID range via another UID mount map at container invocation
194          time. That way user namespace UID ranges become strictly a runtime
195          concept, and do not leak into persistent file systems, persistent
196          user databases or persistent configuration, thus greatly simplifying
197          handling, and improving compatibility with home directories intended
198          to be portable like the ones managed by systemd-homed.
199
200        Changes in shared libraries:
201
202        * A new libsystemd-core-<version>.so private shared library is
203          installed under /usr/lib/systemd/system, mirroring the existing
204          libsystemd-shared-<version>.so library. This allows the total
205          installation size to be reduced by binary code reuse.
206
207        * The <version> tag used in the name of libsystemd-shared.so and
208          libsystemd-core.so can be configured via the meson option
209          'shared-lib-tag'. Distributions may build subsequent versions of the
210          systemd package with unique tags (e.g. the full package version),
211          thus allowing multiple installations of those shared libraries to be
212          available at the same time. This is intended to fix an issue where
213          programs that link to those libraries would fail to execute because
214          they were installed earlier or later than the appropriate version of
215          the library.
216
217        * The sd-id128 API gained a new call sd_id128_to_uuid_string() that is
218          similar to sd_id128_to_string() but formats the ID in RFC 4122 UUID
219          format instead of simple series of hex characters.
220
221        * The sd-device API gained two new calls sd_device_new_from_devname()
222          and sd_device_new_from_path() which permit allocating an sd_device
223          object from a device node name or file system path.
224
225        * sd-device also gained a new call sd_device_open() which will open the
226          device node associated with a device for which an sd_device object
227          has been allocated. The call is supposed to address races around
228          device nodes being removed/recycled due to hotplug events, or media
229          change events: the call checks internally whether the major/minor of
230          the device node and the "diskseq" (in case of block devices) match
231          with the metadata loaded in the sd_device object, thus ensuring that
232          the device once opened really matches the provided sd_device object.
233
234        Changes in PID1, systemctl, and systemd-oomd:
235
236        * A new set of service monitor environment variables will be passed to
237          OnFailure=/OnSuccess= handlers, but only if exactly one unit lists the
238          handler unit as OnFailure=/OnSuccess=. The variables are:
239          $MONITOR_SERVICE_RESULT, $MONITOR_EXIT_CODE, $MONITOR_EXIT_STATUS,
240          $MONITOR_INVOCATION_ID and $MONITOR_UNIT. For cases when a single
241          handler needs to watch multiple units, use a templated handler.
242
243        * A new ExtensionDirectories= setting in service unit files allows
244          system extensions to be loaded from a directory. (It is similar to
245          ExtensionImages=, but takes paths to directories, instead of
246          disk image files.)
247
248          'portablectl attach --extension=' now also accepts directory paths.
249
250        * The user.delegate and user.invocation_id extended attributes on
251          cgroups are used in addition to trusted.delegate and
252          trusted.invocation_id. The latter pair requires privileges to set,
253          but the former doesn't and can be also set by the unprivileged user
254          manager.
255
256          (Only supported on kernels ≥5.6.)
257
258        * Units that were killed by systemd-oomd will now have a service result
259          of 'oom-kill'. The number of times a service was killed is tallied
260          in the 'user.oomd_ooms' extended attribute.
261
262          The OOMPolicy= unit file setting is now also honoured by
263          systemd-oomd.
264
265        * In unit files the new %y/%Y specifiers can be used to refer to
266          normalized unit file path, which is particularly useful for symlinked
267          unit files.
268
269          The new %q specifier resolves to the pretty hostname
270          (i.e. PRETTY_HOSTNAME= from /etc/machine-info).
271
272          The new %d specifier resolves to the credentials directory of a
273          service (same as $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY).
274
275        * The RootDirectory=, MountAPIVFS=, ExtensionDirectories=,
276          *Capabilities*=, ProtectHome=, *Directory=, TemporaryFileSystem=,
277          PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=, NetworkNamespacePath=,
278          PrivateIPC=, IPCNamespacePath=, PrivateUsers=, ProtectClock=,
279          ProtectKernelTunables=, ProtectKernelModules=, ProtectKernelLogs=,
280          MountFlags= service settings now also work in unprivileged user
281          services, i.e. those run by the user's --user service manager, as long
282          as user namespaces are enabled on the system.
283
284        * Services with Restart=always and a failing ExecCondition= will no
285          longer be restarted, to bring ExecCondition= behaviour in line with
286          Condition*= settings.
287
288        * LoadCredential= now accepts a directory as the argument; all files
289          from the directory will be loaded as credentials.
290
291        * A new D-Bus property ControlGroupId is now exposed on service units,
292          that encapsulates the service's numeric cgroup ID that newer kernels
293          assign to each cgroup.
294
295        * PID 1 gained support for configuring the "pre-timeout" of watchdog
296          devices and the associated governor, via the new
297          RuntimeWatchdogPreSec= and RuntimeWatchdogPreGovernor= configuration
298          options in /etc/systemd/system.conf.
299
300        * systemctl's --timestamp= option gained a new choice "unix", to show
301          timestamp as unix times, i.e. seconds since 1970, Jan 1st.
302
303        * A new "taint" flag named "old-kernel" is introduced which is set when
304          the kernel systemd runs on is older then the current baseline version
305          (see above). The flag is shown in "systemctl status" output.
306
307        * Two additional taint flags "short-uid-range" and "short-gid-range"
308          have been added as well, which are set when systemd notices it is run
309          within a userns namespace that does not define the full 0…65535 UID
310          range
311
312        * A new "unmerged-usr" taint flag has been added that is set whenever
313          running on systems where /bin/ + /sbin/ are *not* symlinks to their
314          counterparts in /usr/, i.e. on systems where the /usr/-merge has been
315          completed.
316
317        * Generators invoked by PID 1 will now have a couple of useful
318          environment variables set describing the execution context a
319          bit. $SYSTEMD_SCOPE encodes whether the generator is called from the
320          system service manager, or from the per-user service
321          manager. $SYSTEMD_IN_INITRD encodes whether the generator is invoked
322          in initrd context or on the host. $SYSTEMD_FIRST_BOOT encodes whether
323          systemd considers the current boot to be a "first"
324          boot. $SYSTEMD_VIRTUALIZATION encode whether virtualization is
325          detected and which type of hypervisor/container
326          manager. $SYSTEMD_ARCHITECTURE indicates which architecture the
327          kernel is built for.
328
329        * PID 1 will now automatically pick up system credentials from qemu's
330          fw_cfg interface, thus allowing passing arbitrary data into VM
331          systems similar to how this is already supported for passing them
332          into `systemd-nspawn` containers. Credentials may now also be passed
333          in via the new kernel command line option `systemd.set_credential=`
334          (note that kernel command line options are world-readable during
335          runtime, and only useful for credentials that require no
336          confidentiality). The credentials that can be passed to unified
337          kernels that use the `systemd-stub` UEFI stub are now similarly
338          picked up automatically. Automatic importing of system credentials
339          this way can be turned off via the new
340          `systemd.import_credentials=no` kernel command line option.
341
342        * LoadCredential= will now automatically look for credentials in the
343          /etc/credstore/, /run/credstore/, /usr/lib/credstore/ directories if
344          the argument is not an absolute path. Similarly,
345          LoadCredentialEncrypted= will check the same directories plus
346          /etc/credstore.encrypted/, /run/credstore.encrypted/ and
347          /usr/lib/credstore.encrypted/. The idea is to use those directories
348          as the system-wide location for credentials that services should pick
349          up automatically.
350
351        * System and service credentials are described in great detail in a new
352          document:
353
354          https://systemd.io/CREDENTIALS
355
356        Changes in systemd-journald:
357
358        * The journal JSON export format has been added to listed of stable
359          interfaces (https://systemd.io/PORTABILITY_AND_STABILITY/).
360
361        * journalctl --list-boots now supports JSON output and the --reverse option.
362
363        * Under docs/: JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS was imported from the wiki and
364          updated, BUILDING_IMAGES is new:
365
366          https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS
367          https://systemd.io/BUILDING_IMAGES
368
369        Changes in udev:
370
371        * Two new hwdb files have been added. One lists "handhelds" (PDAs,
372          calculators, etc.), the other AV production devices (DJ tables,
373          keypads, etc.) that should accessible to the seat owner user by
374          default.
375
376        * udevadm trigger gained a new --prioritized-subsystem= option to
377          process certain subsystems (and all their parent devices) earlier.
378
379          systemd-udev-trigger.service now uses this new option to trigger
380          block and TPM devices first, hopefully making the boot a bit faster.
381
382        * udevadm trigger now implements --type=all, --initialized-match,
383          --initialized-nomatch to trigger both subsystems and devices, only
384          already-initialized devices, and only devices which haven't been
385          initialized yet, respectively.
386
387        * udevadm gained a new "wait" command for safely waiting for a specific
388          device to show up in the udev device database. This is useful in
389          scripts that asynchronously allocate a block device (e.g. through
390          repartitioning, or allocating a loopback device or similar) and need
391          to synchronize on the creation to complete.
392
393        * udevadm gained a new "lock" command for locking one or more block
394          devices while formatting it or writing a partition table to it. It is
395          an implementation of https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING and
396          usable in scripts dealing with block devices.
397
398        * udevadm info will show a couple of additional device fields in its
399          output, and will not apply a limited set of coloring to line types.
400
401        * udevadm info --tree will now show a tree of objects (i.e. devices and
402          suchlike) in the /sys/ hierarchy.
403
404        * Block devices will now get a new set of device symlinks in
405          /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<nr>, which may be used to reference block
406          device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Note that this does
407          not guarantee that opening a device by a symlink like this will
408          guarantee that the opened device actually matches the specified
409          diskseq value. To be safe against races, the actual diskseq value of
410          the opened device (BLKGETDISKSEQ ioctl()) must still be compred with
411          the one in the symlink path.
412
413        * .link files gained support for setting MDI/MID-X on a link.
414
415        * .link files gained support for [Match] Firmware= setting to match on
416          the device firmware description string. By mistake, it was previously
417          only supported in .network files.
418
419        * .link files gained support for [Link] SR-IOVVirtualFunctions= setting
420          and [SR-IOV] section to configure SR-IOV virtual functions.
421
422        Changes in systemd-networkd:
423
424        * The default scope for unicast routes configured through [Route]
425          section is changed to "link", to make the behavior consistent with
426          "ip route" command. The manual configuration of [Route] Scope= is
427          still honored.
428
429        * A new unit systemd-networkd-wait-online@<interface>.service has been
430          added that can be used to wait for a specific network interface to be
431          up.
432
433        * systemd-networkd gained a new [Bridge] Isolated=true|false setting
434          that configures the eponymous kernel attribute on the bridge.
435
436        * .netdev files now can be used to create virtual WLAN devices, and
437          configure various settings on them, via the [WLAN] section.
438
439        * .link/.network files gained support for [Match] Kind= setting to match
440          on device kind ("bond", "bridge", "gre", "tun", "veth", etc.)
441
442          This value is also shown by 'networkctl status'.
443
444        * The Local= setting in .netdev files for various virtual network
445          devices gained support for specifying, in addition to the network
446          address, the name of a local interface which must have the specified
447          address.
448
449        * systemd-networkd gained a new [Tunnel] External= setting in .netdev
450          files, to configure tunnels in external mode (a.k.a. collect metadata
451          mode).
452
453        * [Network] L2TP= setting was removed. Please use interface specifier in
454          Local= setting in .netdev files of corresponding L2TP interface.
455
456        * New [DHCPServer] BootServerName=, BootServerAddress=, and
457          BootFilename= settings can be used to configure the server address,
458          server name, and file name sent in the DHCP packet (e.g. to configure
459          PXE boot).
460
461        Changes in systemd-resolved:
462
463        * systemd-resolved is started earlier (in sysinit.target), so it
464          available earlier and will also be started in the initrd if installed
465          there.
466
467        Changes in disk encryption:
468
469        * systemd-cryptenroll can now control whether to require the user to
470          enter a PIN when using TPM-based unlocking of a volume via the new
471          --tpm2-with-pin= option.
472
473          Option tpm2-pin= can be used in /etc/crypttab.
474
475        * When unlocking devices via TPM, TPM2 parameter encryption is now
476          used, to ensure that communication between CPU and discrete TPM chips
477          cannot be eavesdropped to acquire disk encryption keys.
478
479        * A new switch --fido2-credential-algorithm= has been added to
480          systemd-cryptenroll allowing selection of the credential algorithm to
481          use when binding encryption to FIDO2 tokens.
482
483        Changes in systemd-hostnamed:
484
485        * HARDWARE_VENDOR= and HARDWARE_MODEL= can be set in /etc/machine-info
486          to override the values gleaned from the hwdb.
487
488        * A ID_CHASSIS property can be set in the hwdb (for the DMI device
489          /sys/class/dmi/id) to override the chassis that is reported by
490          hostnamed.
491
492        * hostnamed's D-Bus interface gained a new method GetHardwareSerial()
493          for reading the hardware serial number, as reportd by DMI. It also
494          exposes a new method D-Bus property FirmwareVersion that encode the
495          firmware version of the system.
496
497        Changes in other components:
498
499        * /etc/locale.conf is now populated through tmpfiles.d factory /etc/
500          handling with the values that were configured during systemd build
501          (if /etc/locale.conf has not been created through some other
502          mechanism). This means that /etc/locale.conf should always have
503          reasonable contents and we avoid a potential mismatch in defaults.
504
505        * The userdbctl tool will now show UID range information as part of the
506          list of known users.
507
508        * A new build-time configuration setting default-user-shell= can be
509          used to set the default shell for user records and nspawn shell
510          invocations (instead of of the default /bin/bash).
511
512        * systemd-timesyncd now provides a D-Bus API for receiving NTP server
513          information dynamically at runtime via IPC.
514
515        * The systemd-creds tool gained a new "has-tpm2" verb, which reports
516          whether a functioning TPM2 infrastructure is available, i.e. if
517          firmware, kernel driver and systemd all have TPM2 support enabled and
518          a device found.
519
520        * The systemd-creds tool gained support for generating encrypted
521          credentials that are using an empty encryption key. While this
522          provides no integrity nor confidentiality it's useful to implement
523          codeflows that work the same on TPM-ful and TPM2-less systems. The
524          service manager will only accept credentials "encrypted" that way if
525          a TPM2 device cannot be detected, to ensure that credentials
526          "encrypted" like that cannot be used to trick TPM2 systems.
527
528        * When deciding whether to colorize output, all systemd programs now
529          also check $COLORTERM (in addition to $NO_COLOR, $SYSTEMD_COLORS, and
530          $TERM).
531
532        * Meson's new install_tag feature is now in use for several components,
533          allowing to build and install select binaries only: pam, nss, devel
534          (pkg-config files), systemd-boot, libsystemd, libudev. Example:
535           $ meson build systemd-boot
536           $ meson install --tags systemd-boot --no-rebuild
537          https://mesonbuild.com/Installing.html#installation-tags
538
539        * A new build configuration option has been added, to allow selecting the
540          default compression algorithm used by systemd-journald and systemd-coredump.
541          This allows to build-in support for decompressing all supported formats,
542          but choose a specific one for compression. E.g.:
543           $ meson -Ddefault-compression=xz
544
545        Experimental features:
546
547        * sd-boot gained a new *experimental* setting "reboot-for-bitlocker" in
548          loader.conf that implements booting Microsoft Windows from the
549          sd-boot in a way that first reboots the system, to reset the TPM
550          PCRs. This improves compatibility with BitLocker's TPM use, as the
551          PCRs will only record the Windows boot process, and not sd-boot
552          itself, thus retaining the PCR measurements not involving sd-boot.
553          Note that this feature is experimental for now, and is likely going
554          to be generalized and renamed in a future release, without retaining
555          compatibility with the current implementation.
556
557        * A new systemd-sysupdate component has been added that automatically
558          discovers, downloads, and installs A/B-style updates for the host
559          installation itself, or container images, portable service images,
560          and other assets. See the new systemd-sysupdate man page for updates.
561
562        Contributions from: 4piu, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Albert Brox,
563        AlexCatze, Alex Henrie, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alice S,
564        Alvin Šipraga, amarjargal, Amarjargal, Andrea Pappacoda,
565        Andreas Rammhold, Andy Chi, Anita Zhang, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
566        Arfrever Frehtes Taifersar Arahesis, ash, Bastien Nocera, Be,
567        bearhoney, Ben Efros, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Franzke,
568        Brett Holman, Christian Brauner, Clyde Byrd III, Curtis Klein,
569        Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Danilo Krummrich,
570        David, David Bond, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, davijosw,
571        dependabot[bot], Donald Chan, Dorian Clay, Eduard Tolosa,
572        Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Erik Sjölund, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
573        Federico Ceratto, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gaël PORTAY,
574        Georges Basile Stavracas Neto, Gibeom Gwon, Goffredo Baroncelli,
575        Grigori Goronzy, Hans de Goede, Heiko Becker, Hugo Carvalho,
576        Jakob Lell, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
577        Joan Bruguera, Joerie de Gram, Josh Triplett, Julia Kartseva,
578        Kazuo Moriwaka, Khem Raj, ksa678491784, Lance, Lan Tian,
579        Laura Barcziova, Lennart Poettering, Leviticoh, licunlong,
580        Lidong Zhong, lincoln auster, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
581        Luca BRUNO, lucagoc, Ludwig Nussel, Marcel Hellwig, march1993,
582        Marco Scardovi, Mario Limonciello, Mariusz Tkaczyk,
583        Markus Weippert, Martin, Martin Liska, Martin Wilck, Matija Skala,
584        Matthew Blythe, Matthias Lisin, Matthijs van Duin, Matt Walton,
585        Max Gautier, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal Koutný,
586        Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, MkfsSion, Morten Linderud,
587        Nick Rosbrook, Nikolai Grigoriev, Nikolai Kostrigin,
588        Nishal Kulkarni, Noel Kuntze, Pablo Ceballos, Peter Hutterer,
589        Peter Morrow, Pigmy-penguin, Piotr Drąg, prumian, Richard Neill,
590        Rike-Benjamin Schuppner, rodin-ia, Romain Naour, Ruben Kerkhof,
591        Ryan Hendrickson, Santa Wiryaman, Sebastian Pucilowski, Seth Falco,
592        Simon Ellmann, Sonali Srivastava, Stefan Seering,
593        Stephen Hemminger, tawefogo, techtino, Temuri Doghonadze,
594        Thomas Batten, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tobias Stoeckmann,
595        Tomasz Pala, Tyson Whitehead, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
596        Vivien Didelot, w30023233, wangyuhang, Weblate, Xiaotian Wu,
597        yangmingtai, YmrDtnJu, Yonathan Randolph, Yutsuten, Yu Watanabe,
598        Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, наб
599
600        — Edinburgh, 2022-05-21
601
602CHANGES WITH 250:
603
604        * Support for encrypted and authenticated credentials has been added.
605          This extends the credential logic introduced with v247 to support
606          non-interactive symmetric encryption and authentication, based on a
607          key that is stored on the /var/ file system or in the TPM2 chip (if
608          available), or the combination of both (by default if a TPM2 chip
609          exists the combination is used, otherwise the /var/ key only). The
610          credentials are automatically decrypted at the moment a service is
611          started, and are made accessible to the service itself in unencrypted
612          form. A new tool 'systemd-creds' encrypts credentials for this
613          purpose, and two new service file settings LoadCredentialEncrypted=
614          and SetCredentialEncrypted= configure such credentials.
615
616          This feature is useful to store sensitive material such as SSL
617          certificates, passwords and similar securely at rest and only decrypt
618          them when needed, and in a way that is tied to the local OS
619          installation or hardware.
620
621        * systemd-gpt-auto-generator can now automatically set up discoverable
622          LUKS2 encrypted swap partitions.
623
624        * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specification has been substantially
625          extended with support for root and /usr/ partitions for the majority
626          of architectures systemd supports. This includes platforms that do
627          not natively support UEFI, because even though GPT is specified under
628          UEFI umbrella, it is useful on other systems too. Specifically,
629          systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-gpt-auto-generator and
630          Portable Services use the concept without requiring UEFI.
631
632        * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specifications has been extended with
633          a new set of partitions that may carry PKCS#7 signatures for Verity
634          partitions, encoded in a simple JSON format. This implements a simple
635          mechanism for building disk images that are fully authenticated and
636          can be tested against a set of cryptographic certificates. This is
637          now implemented for the various systemd tools that can operate with
638          disk images, such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-dissect,
639          Portable services/RootImage=, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysusers.
640          The PKCS#7 signatures are passed to the kernel (where they are
641          checked against certificates from the kernel keyring), or can be
642          verified against certificates provided in userspace (via a simple
643          drop-in file mechanism).
644
645        * systemd-dissect's inspection logic will now report for which uses a
646          disk image is intended. Specifically, it will display whether an
647          image is suitable for booting on UEFI or in a container (using
648          systemd-nspawn's --image= switch), whether it can be used as portable
649          service, or attached as system extension.
650
651        * The system-extension.d/ drop-in files now support a new field
652          SYSEXT_SCOPE= that may encode which purpose a system extension image
653          is for: one of "initrd", "system" or "portable". This is useful to
654          make images more self-descriptive, and to ensure system extensions
655          cannot be attached in the wrong contexts.
656
657        * The os-release file learnt a new PORTABLE_PREFIXES= field which may
658          be used in portable service images to indicate which unit prefixes
659          are supported.
660
661        * The GPT image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn/systemd-dissect/…
662          now is able to decode images for non-native architectures as well.
663          This allows systemd-nspawn to boot images of non-native architectures
664          if the corresponding user mode emulator is installed and
665          systemd-binfmtd is running.
666
667        * systemd-logind gained new settings HandlePowerKeyLongPress=,
668          HandleRebootKeyLongPress=, HandleSuspendKeyLongPress= and
669          HandleHibernateKeyLongPress= which may be used to configure actions
670          when the relevant keys are pressed for more than 5s. This is useful
671          on devices that only have hardware for a subset of these keys. By
672          default, if the reboot key is pressed long the poweroff operation is
673          now triggered, and when the suspend key is pressed long the hibernate
674          operation is triggered. Long pressing the other two keys currently
675          does not trigger any operation by default.
676
677        * When showing unit status updates on the console during boot and
678          shutdown, and a service is slow to start so that the cylon animation
679          is shown, the most recent sd_notify() STATUS= text is now shown as
680          well. Services may use this to make the boot/shutdown output easier
681          to understand, and to indicate what precisely a service that is slow
682          to start or stop is waiting for. In particular, the per-user service
683          manager instance now reports what it is doing and which service it is
684          waiting for this way to the system service manager.
685
686        * The service manager will now re-execute on reception of the
687          SIGRTMIN+25 signal. It previously already did that on SIGTERM — but
688          only when running as PID 1. There was no signal to request this when
689          running as per-user service manager, i.e. as any other PID than 1.
690          SIGRTMIN+25 works for both system and user managers.
691
692        * The hardware watchdog logic in PID 1 gained support for operating
693          with the default timeout configured in the hardware, instead of
694          insisting on re-configuring it. Set RuntimeWatchdogSec=default to
695          request this behavior.
696
697        * A new kernel command line option systemd.watchdog_sec= is now
698          understood which may be used to override the hardware watchdog
699          time-out for the boot.
700
701        * A new setting DefaultOOMScoreAdjust= is now supported in
702          /etc/systemd/system.conf and /etc/systemd/user.conf. It may be used
703          to set the default process OOM score adjustment value for processes
704          started by the service manager. For per-user service managers this
705          now defaults to 100, but for per-system service managers is left as
706          is. This means that by default now services forked off the user
707          service manager are more likely to be killed by the OOM killer than
708          system services or the managers themselves.
709
710        * A new per-service setting RestrictFileSystems= as been added that
711          restricts the file systems a service has access to by their type.
712          This is based on the new BPF LSM of the Linux kernel. It provides an
713          effective way to make certain API file systems unavailable to
714          services (and thus minimizing attack surface). A new command
715          "systemd-analyze filesystems" has been added that lists all known
716          file system types (and how they are grouped together under useful
717          group handles).
718
719        * Services now support a new setting RestrictNetworkInterfaces= for
720          restricting access to specific network interfaces.
721
722        * Service unit files gained new settings StartupAllowedCPUs= and
723          StartupAllowedMemoryNodes=. These are similar to their counterparts
724          without the "Startup" prefix and apply during the boot process
725          only. This is useful to improve boot-time behavior of the system and
726          assign resources differently during boot than during regular
727          runtime. This is similar to the preexisting StartupCPUWeight=
728          vs. CPUWeight.
729
730        * Related to this: the various StartupXYZ= settings
731          (i.e. StartupCPUWeight=, StartupAllowedCPUs=, …) are now also applied
732          during shutdown. The settings not prefixed with "Startup" hence apply
733          during regular runtime, and those that are prefixed like that apply
734          during boot and shutdown.
735
736        * A new per-unit set of conditions/asserts
737          [Condition|Assert][Memory|CPU|IO]Pressure= have been added to make a
738          unit skip/fail activation if the system's (or a slice's) memory/cpu/io
739          pressure is above the configured threshold, using the kernel PSI
740          feature. For more details see systemd.unit(5) and
741          https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/accounting/psi.html
742
743        * The combination of ProcSubset=pid and ProtectKernelTunables=yes and/or
744          ProtectKernelLogs=yes can now be used.
745
746        * The default maximum numbers of inodes have been raised from 64k to 1M
747          for /dev/, and from 400k to 1M for /tmp/.
748
749        * The per-user service manager learnt support for communicating with
750          systemd-oomd to acquire OOM kill information.
751
752        * A new service setting ExecSearchPath= has been added that allows
753          changing the search path for executables for services. It affects
754          where we look for the binaries specified in ExecStart= and similar,
755          and the specified directories are also added the $PATH environment
756          variable passed to invoked processes.
757
758        * A new setting RuntimeRandomizedExtraSec= has been added for service
759          and scope units that allows extending the runtime time-out as
760          configured by RuntimeMaxSec= with a randomized amount.
761
762        * The syntax of the service unit settings RuntimeDirectory=,
763          StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=, LogsDirectory= has been extended:
764          if the specified value is now suffixed with a colon, followed by
765          another filename, the latter will be created as symbolic link to the
766          specified directory. This allows creating these service directories
767          together with alias symlinks to make them available under multiple
768          names.
769
770        * Service unit files gained two new settings TTYRows=/TTYColumns= for
771          configuring rows/columns of the TTY device passed to
772          stdin/stdout/stderr of the service. This is useful to propagate TTY
773          dimensions to a virtual machine.
774
775        * A new service unit file setting ExitType= has been added that
776          specifies when to assume a service has exited. By default systemd
777          only watches the main process of a service. By setting
778          ExitType=cgroup it can be told to wait for the last process in a
779          cgroup instead.
780
781        * Automount unit files gained a new setting ExtraOptions= that can be
782          used to configure additional mount options to pass to the kernel when
783          mounting the autofs instance.
784
785        * "Urlification" (generation of ESC sequences that generate clickable
786          hyperlinks in modern terminals) may now be turned off altogether
787          during build-time.
788
789        * Path units gained new TriggerLimitBurst= and TriggerLimitIntervalSec=
790          settings that default to 200 and 2 s respectively. The ratelimit
791          ensures that a path unit cannot cause PID1 to busy-loop when it is
792          trying to trigger a service that is skipped because of a Condition*=
793          not being satisfied. This matches the configuration and behaviour of
794          socket units.
795
796        * The TPM2/FIDO2/PKCS11 support in systemd-cryptsetup is now also built
797          as a plug-in for cryptsetup. This means the plain cryptsetup command
798          may now be used to unlock volumes set up this way.
799
800        * The TPM2 logic in cryptsetup will now automatically detect systems
801          where the TPM2 chip advertises SHA256 PCR banks but the firmware only
802          updates the SHA1 banks. In such a case PCR policies will be
803          automatically bound to the latter, not the former. This makes the PCR
804          policies reliable, but of course do not provide the same level of
805          trust as SHA256 banks.
806
807        * The TPM2 logic in systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-cryptsetup now supports
808          RSA primary keys in addition to ECC, improving compatibility with
809          TPM2 chips that do not support ECC. RSA keys are much slower to use
810          than ECC, and hence are only used if ECC is not available.
811
812        * /etc/crypttab gained support for a new token-timeout= setting for
813          encrypted volumes that allows configuration of the maximum time to
814          wait for PKCS#11/FIDO2 tokens to be plugged in. If the time elapses
815          the logic will query the user for a regular passphrase/recovery key
816          instead.
817
818        * Support for activating dm-integrity volumes at boot via a new file
819          /etc/integritytab and the tool systemd-integritysetup have been
820          added. This is similar to /etc/crypttab and /etc/veritytab, but deals
821          with dm-integrity instead of dm-crypt/dm-verity.
822
823        * The systemd-veritysetup-generator now understands a new usrhash=
824          kernel command line option for specifying the Verity root hash for
825          the partition backing the /usr/ file system. A matching set of
826          systemd.verity_usr_* kernel command line options has been added as
827          well. These all work similar to the corresponding options for the
828          root partition.
829
830        * The sd-device API gained a new API call sd_device_get_diskseq() to
831          return the DISKSEQ property of a device structure. The "disk
832          sequence" concept is a new feature recently introduced to the Linux
833          kernel that allows detecting reuse cycles of block devices, i.e. can
834          be used to recognize when loopback block devices are reused for a
835          different purpose or CD-ROM drives get their media changed.
836
837        * A new unit systemd-boot-update.service has been added. If enabled
838          (the default) and the sd-boot loader is detected to be installed, it
839          is automatically updated to the newest version when out of date. This
840          is useful to ensure the boot loader remains up-to-date, and updates
841          automatically propagate from the OS tree in /usr/.
842
843        * sd-boot will now build with SBAT by default in order to facilitate
844          working with recent versions of Shim that require it to be present.
845
846        * sd-boot can now parse Microsoft Windows' Boot Configuration Data.
847          This is used to robustly generate boot entry titles for Windows.
848
849        * A new generic target unit factory-reset.target has been added. It is
850          hooked into systemd-logind similar in fashion to
851          reboot/poweroff/suspend/hibernate, and is supposed to be used to
852          initiate a factory reset operation. What precisely this operation
853          entails is up for the implementer to decide, the primary goal of the
854          new unit is provide a framework where to plug in the implementation
855          and how to trigger it.
856
857        * A new meson build-time option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' has been
858          added which takes a time in µs and defaults to 15 years. If the RTC
859          time is noticed to be more than the specified time ahead of the
860          built-in epoch of systemd (which by default is the release timestamp
861          of systemd) it is assumed that the RTC is not working correctly, and
862          the RTC is reset to the epoch. (It already is reset to the epoch when
863          noticed to be before it.) This should increase the chance that time
864          doesn't accidentally jump too far ahead due to faulty hardware or
865          batteries.
866
867        * A new setting SaveIntervalSec= has been added to systemd-timesyncd,
868          which may be used to automatically save the current system time to
869          disk in regular intervals. This is useful to maintain a roughly
870          monotonic clock even without RTC hardware and with some robustness
871          against abnormal system shutdown.
872
873        * systemd-analyze verify gained support for a pair of new --image= +
874          --root= switches for verifying units below a specific root
875          directory/image instead of on the host.
876
877        * systemd-analyze verify gained support for verifying unit files under
878          an explicitly specified unit name, independently of what the filename
879          actually is.
880
881        * systemd-analyze verify gained a new switch --recursive-errors= which
882          controls whether to only fail on errors found in the specified units
883          or recursively any dependent units.
884
885        * systemd-analyze security now supports a new --offline mode for
886          analyzing unit files stored on disk instead of loaded units. It may
887          be combined with --root=/--image to analyze unit files under a root
888          directory or disk image. It also learnt a new --threshold= parameter
889          for specifying an exposure level threshold: if the exposure level
890          exceeds the specified value the call will fail. It also gained a new
891          --security-policy= switch for configuring security policies to
892          enforce on the units. A policy is a JSON file that lists which tests
893          shall be weighted how much to determine the overall exposure
894          level. Altogether these new features are useful for fully automatic
895          analysis and enforcement of security policies on unit files.
896
897        * systemd-analyze security gain a new --json= switch for JSON output.
898
899        * systemd-analyze learnt a new --quiet switch for reducing
900          non-essential output. It's honored by the "dot", "syscall-filter",
901          "filesystems" commands.
902
903        * systemd-analyze security gained a --profile= option that can be used
904          to take into account a portable profile when analyzing portable
905          services, since a lot of the security-related settings are enabled
906          through them.
907
908        * systemd-analyze learnt a new inspect-elf verb that parses ELF core
909          files, binaries and executables and prints metadata information,
910          including the build-id and other info described on:
911          https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA/
912
913        * .network files gained a new UplinkInterface= in the [IPv6SendRA]
914          section, for automatically propagating DNS settings from other
915          interfaces.
916
917        * The static lease DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd may now serve
918          IP addresses outside of the configured IP pool range for the server.
919
920        * CAN support in systemd-networkd gained four new settings Loopback=,
921          OneShot=, PresumeAck=, ClassicDataLengthCode= for tweaking CAN
922          control modes. It gained a number of further settings for tweaking
923          CAN timing quanta.
924
925        * The [CAN] section in .network file gained new TimeQuantaNSec=,
926          PropagationSegment=, PhaseBufferSegment1=, PhaseBufferSegment2=,
927          SyncJumpWidth=, DataTimeQuantaNSec=, DataPropagationSegment=,
928          DataPhaseBufferSegment1=, DataPhaseBufferSegment2=, and
929          DataSyncJumpWidth= settings to control bit-timing processed by the
930          CAN interface.
931
932        * DHCPv4 client support in systemd-networkd learnt a new Label= option
933          for configuring the address label to apply to configure IPv4
934          addresses.
935
936        * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files gained support for a new
937          UseMTU= setting that may be used to control whether to apply the
938          announced MTU settings to the local interface.
939
940        * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained a new Use6RD= boolean
941          setting to control whether the DHCPv4 client request and process the
942          DHCP 6RD option.
943
944        * The [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section in .network file is renamed to
945          [DHCPPrefixDelegation], as now the prefix delegation is also supported
946          with DHCPv4 protocol by enabling the Use6RD= setting.
947
948        * The [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section in .network file gained a new
949          setting UplinkInterface= to specify the upstream interface.
950
951        * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained a new setting
952          UseDelegatedPrefix= to control whether the delegated prefixes will be
953          propagated to the downstream interfaces.
954
955        * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files now understands two new
956          settings UseGateway=/UseRoutePrefix= for explicitly configuring
957          whether to use the relevant fields from the IPv6 Router Advertisement
958          records.
959
960        * The ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation= setting in the [DHCPv6] section
961          has been removed. Please use the WithoutRA= and UseDelegatedPrefix=
962          settings in the [DHCPv6] section and the DHCPv6Client= setting in the
963          [IPv6AcceptRA] section to control when the DHCPv6 client is started
964          and how the delegated prefixes are handled by the DHCPv6 client.
965
966        * The IPv6Token= section in the [Network] section is deprecated, and
967          the [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained the Token= setting for its
968          replacement. The [IPv6Prefix] section also gained the Token= setting.
969          The Token= setting gained 'eui64' mode to explicitly configure an
970          address with the EUI64 algorithm based on the interface MAC address.
971          The 'prefixstable' mode can now optionally take a secret key. The
972          Token= setting in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section now supports all
973          algorithms supported by the same settings in the other sections.
974
975        * The [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network file gained a new
976          SuppressInterfaceGroup= setting.
977
978        * The IgnoreCarrierLoss= setting in the [Network] section of .network
979          files now allows a duration to be specified, controlling how long to
980          wait before reacting to carrier loss.
981
982        * The [DHCPServer] section of .network file gained a new Router=
983          setting to specify the router address.
984
985        * The [CAKE] section of .network files gained various new settings
986          AutoRateIngress=, CompensationMode=, FlowIsolationMode=, NAT=,
987          MPUBytes=, PriorityQueueingPreset=, FirewallMark=, Wash=, SplitGSO=,
988          and UseRawPacketSize= for configuring CAKE.
989
990        * systemd-networkd now ships with new default .network files:
991          80-container-vb.network which matches host-side network bridge device
992          created by systemd-nspawn's --network-bridge or --network-zone
993          switch, and 80-6rd-tunnel.network which matches automatically created
994          sit tunnel with 6rd prefix when the DHCP 6RD option is received.
995
996        * systemd-networkd's handling of Endpoint= resolution for WireGuard
997          interfaces has been improved.
998
999        * systemd-networkd will now automatically configure routes to addresses
1000          specified in AllowedIPs=. This feature can be controlled via
1001          RouteTable= and RouteMetric= settings in [WireGuard] or
1002          [WireGuardPeer] sections.
1003
1004        * systemd-networkd will now once again automatically generate persistent
1005          MAC addresses for batadv and bridge interfaces. Users can disable this
1006          by using MACAddress=none in .netdev files.
1007
1008        * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support IP over InfiniBand
1009          interfaces. The Kind= setting in .netdev file accepts "ipoib". And
1010          systemd.netdev files gained the [IPoIB] section.
1011
1012        * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support net.ifname-policy=
1013          option on the kernel command-line. This is implemented through the
1014          systemd-network-generator service that automatically generates
1015          appropriate .link, .network, and .netdev files.
1016
1017        * The various systemd-udevd "ethtool" buffer settings now understand
1018          the special value "max" to configure the buffers to the maximum the
1019          hardware supports.
1020
1021        * systemd-udevd's .link files may now configure a large variety of
1022          NIC coalescing settings, plus more hardware offload settings.
1023
1024        * .link files gained a new WakeOnLanPassword= setting in the [Link]
1025          section that allows to specify a WoL "SecureOn" password on hardware
1026          that supports this.
1027
1028        * systemd-nspawn's --setenv= switch now supports an additional syntax:
1029          if only a variable name is specified (i.e. without being suffixed by
1030          a '=' character and a value) the current value of the environment
1031          variable is propagated to the container. e.g. --setenv=FOO will
1032          lookup the current value of $FOO in the environment, and pass it down
1033          to the container. Similar behavior has been added to homectl's,
1034          machinectl's and systemd-run's --setenv= switch.
1035
1036        * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --suppress-sync= which may be used
1037          to optionally suppress the effect of the sync()/fsync()/fdatasync()
1038          system calls for the container payload. This is useful for build
1039          system environments where safety against abnormal system shutdown is
1040          not essential as all build artifacts can be regenerated any time, but
1041          the performance win is beneficial.
1042
1043        * systemd-nspawn will now raise the RLIMIT_NOFILE hard limit to the
1044          same value that PID 1 uses for most forked off processes.
1045
1046        * systemd-nspawn's --bind=/--bind-ro= switches now optionally take
1047          uidmap/nouidmap options as last parameter. If "uidmap" is used the
1048          bind mounts are created with UID mapping taking place that ensures
1049          the host's file ownerships are mapped 1:1 to container file
1050          ownerships, even if user namespacing is used. This way
1051          files/directories bound into containers will no longer show up as
1052          owned by the nobody user as they typically did if no special care was
1053          taken to shift them manually.
1054
1055        * When discovering Windows installations sd-boot will now attempt to
1056          show the Windows version.
1057
1058        * The color scheme to use in sd-boot may now be configured at
1059          build-time.
1060
1061        * sd-boot gained the ability to change screen resolution during
1062          boot-time, by hitting the "r" key. This will cycle through available
1063          resolutions and save the last selection.
1064
1065        * sd-boot learnt a new hotkey "f". When pressed the system will enter
1066          firmware setup. This is useful in environments where it is difficult
1067          to hit the right keys early enough to enter the firmware, and works
1068          on any firmware regardless which key it natively uses.
1069
1070        * sd-boot gained support for automatically booting into the menu item
1071          selected on the last boot (using the "@saved" identifier for menu
1072          items).
1073
1074        * sd-boot gained support for automatically loading all EFI drivers
1075          placed in the /EFI/systemd/drivers/ subdirectory of the EFI System
1076          Partition (ESP). These drivers are loaded before the menu entries are
1077          loaded. This is useful e.g. to load additional file system drivers
1078          for the XBOOTLDR partition.
1079
1080        * systemd-boot will now paint the input cursor on its own instead of
1081          relying on the firmware to do so, increasing compatibility with broken
1082          firmware that doesn't make the cursor reasonably visible.
1083
1084        * sd-boot now embeds a .osrel PE section like we expect from Boot
1085          Loader Specification Type #2 Unified Kernels. This means sd-boot
1086          itself may be used in place of a Type #2 Unified Kernel. This is
1087          useful for debugging purposes as it allows chain-loading one a
1088          (development) sd-boot instance from another.
1089
1090        * sd-boot now supports a new "devicetree" field in Boot Loader
1091          Specification Type #1 entries: if configured the specified device
1092          tree file is installed before the kernel is invoked. This is useful
1093          for installing/applying new devicetree files without updating the
1094          kernel image.
1095
1096        * Similarly, sd-stub now can read devicetree data from a PE section
1097          ".dtb" and apply it before invoking the kernel.
1098
1099        * sd-stub (the EFI stub that can be glued in front of a Linux kernel)
1100          gained the ability to pick up credentials and sysext files, wrap them
1101          in a cpio archive, and pass as an additional initrd to the invoked
1102          Linux kernel, in effect placing those files in the /.extra/ directory
1103          of the initrd environment. This is useful to implement trusted initrd
1104          environments which are fully authenticated but still can be extended
1105          (via sysexts) and parameterized (via encrypted/authenticated
1106          credentials, see above).
1107
1108          Credentials can be located next to the kernel image file (credentials
1109          specific to a single boot entry), or in one of the shared directories
1110          (credentials applicable to multiple boot entries).
1111
1112        * sd-stub now comes with a full man page, that explains its feature set
1113          and how to combine a kernel image, an initrd and the stub to build a
1114          complete EFI unified kernel image, implementing Boot Loader
1115          Specification Type #2.
1116
1117        * sd-stub may now provide the initrd to the executed kernel via the
1118          LINUX_EFI_INITRD_MEDIA_GUID EFI protocol, adding compatibility for
1119          non-x86 architectures.
1120
1121        * bootctl learnt new set-timeout and set-timeout-oneshot commands that
1122          may be used to set the boot menu time-out of the boot loader (for all
1123          or just the subsequent boot).
1124
1125        * bootctl and kernel-install will now read variables
1126          KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= from /etc/machine-info and layout= from
1127          /etc/kernel/install.conf. When set, it specifies the layout to use
1128          for installation directories on the boot partition, so that tools
1129          don't need to guess it based on the already-existing directories. The
1130          only value that is defined natively is "bls", corresponding to the
1131          layout specified in
1132          https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION/. Plugins for
1133          kernel-install that implement a different layout can declare other
1134          values for this variable.
1135
1136          'bootctl install' will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT=bls, on the
1137          assumption that if the user installed sd-boot to the ESP, they intend
1138          to use the entry layout understood by sd-boot. It'll also write
1139          KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= if it creates any directories using the ID
1140          (and it wasn't specified in the config file yet). Similarly,
1141          kernel-install will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= (if it
1142          wasn't specified in the config file yet). Effectively, those changes
1143          mean that the machine-id used for boot loader entry installation is
1144          "frozen" upon first use and becomes independent of the actual
1145          machine-id.
1146
1147          Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID fixes the following problem:
1148          images created for distribution ("golden images") are built with no
1149          machine-id, so that a unique machine-id can be created on the first
1150          boot. But those images may contain boot loader entries with the
1151          machine-id used during build included in paths. Using a "frozen"
1152          value allows unambiguously identifying entries that match the
1153          specific installation, while still permitting parallel installations
1154          without conflict.
1155
1156          Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT obviates the need for
1157          kernel-install to guess the installation layout. This fixes the
1158          problem where a (possibly empty) directory in the boot partition is
1159          created from a different layout causing kernel-install plugins to
1160          assume the wrong layout. A particular example of how this may happen
1161          is the grub2 package in Fedora which includes directories under /boot
1162          directly in its file list. Various other packages pull in grub2 as a
1163          dependency, so it may be installed even if unused, breaking
1164          installations that use the bls layout.
1165
1166        * bootctl and systemd-bless-boot can now be linked statically.
1167
1168        * systemd-sysext now optionally doesn't insist on extension-release.d/
1169          files being placed in the image under the image's file name. If the
1170          file system xattr user.extension-release.strict is set on the
1171          extension release file, it is accepted regardless of its name. This
1172          relaxes security restrictions a bit, as system extension may be
1173          attached under a wrong name this way.
1174
1175        * udevadm's test-builtin command learnt a new --action= switch for
1176          testing the built-in with the specified action (in place of the
1177          default 'add').
1178
1179        * udevadm info gained new switches --property=/--value for showing only
1180          specific udev properties/values instead of all.
1181
1182        * A new hwdb database has been added that contains matches for various
1183          types of signal analyzers (protocol analyzers, logic analyzers,
1184          oscilloscopes, multimeters, bench power supplies, etc.) that should
1185          be accessible to regular users.
1186
1187        * A new hwdb database entry has been added that carries information
1188          about types of cameras (regular or infrared), and in which direction
1189          they point (front or back).
1190
1191        * A new rule to allow console users access to rfkill by default has been
1192          added to hwdb.
1193
1194        * Device nodes for the Software Guard eXtension enclaves (sgx_vepc) are
1195          now also owned by the system group "sgx".
1196
1197        * A new build-time meson option "extra-net-naming-schemes=" has been
1198          added to define additional naming schemes schemes for udev's network
1199          interface naming logic. This is useful for enterprise distributions
1200          and similar which want to pin the schemes of certain distribution
1201          releases under a specific name and previously had to patch the
1202          sources to introduce new named schemes.
1203
1204        * The predictable naming logic for network interfaces has been extended
1205          to generate stable names from Xen netfront device information.
1206
1207        * hostnamed's chassis property can now be sourced from chassis-type
1208          field encoded in devicetree (in addition to the existing DMI
1209          support).
1210
1211        * systemd-cgls now optionally displays cgroup IDs and extended
1212          attributes for each cgroup. (Controllable via the new --xattr= +
1213          --cgroup-id= switches.)
1214
1215        * coredumpctl gained a new --all switch for operating on all
1216          Journal files instead of just the local ones.
1217
1218        * systemd-coredump will now use libdw/libelf via dlopen() rather than
1219          directly linking, allowing users to easily opt-out of backtrace/metadata
1220          analysis of core files, and reduce image sizes when this is not needed.
1221
1222        * systemd-coredump will now analyze core files with libdw/libelf in a
1223          forked, sandboxed process.
1224
1225        * systemd-homed will now try to unmount an activate home area in
1226          regular intervals once the user logged out fully. Previously this was
1227          attempted exactly once but if the home directory was busy for some
1228          reason it was not tried again.
1229
1230        * systemd-homed's LUKS2 home area backend will now create a BSD file
1231          system lock on the image file while the home area is active
1232          (i.e. mounted). If a home area is found to be locked, logins are
1233          politely refused. This should improve behavior when using home areas
1234          images that are accessible via the network from multiple clients, and
1235          reduce the chance of accidental file system corruption in that case.
1236
1237        * Optionally, systemd-homed will now drop the kernel buffer cache once
1238          a user has fully logged out, configurable via the new --drop-caches=
1239          homectl switch.
1240
1241        * systemd-homed now makes use of UID mapped mounts for the home areas.
1242          If the kernel and used file system support it, files are now
1243          internally owned by the "nobody" user (i.e. the user typically used
1244          for indicating "this ownership is not mapped"), and dynamically
1245          mapped to the UID used locally on the system via the UID mapping
1246          mount logic of recent kernels. This makes migrating home areas
1247          between different systems cheaper because recursively chown()ing file
1248          system trees is no longer necessary.
1249
1250        * systemd-homed's CIFS backend now optionally supports CIFS service
1251          names with a directory suffix, in order to place home directories in
1252          a subdirectory of a CIFS share, instead of the top-level directory.
1253
1254        * systemd-homed's CIFS backend gained support for specifying additional
1255          mount options in the JSON user record (cifsExtraMountOptions field,
1256          and --cifs-extra-mount-options= homectl switch). This is for example
1257          useful for configuring mount options such as "noserverino" that some
1258          SMB3 services require (use that to run a homed home directory from a
1259          FritzBox SMB3 share this way).
1260
1261        * systemd-homed will now default to btrfs' zstd compression for home
1262          areas. This is inspired by Fedora's recent decision to switch to zstd
1263          by default.
1264
1265        * Additional mount options to use when mounting the file system of
1266          LUKS2 volumes in systemd-homed has been added. Via the
1267          $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_BTRFS, $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_EXT4,
1268          $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_XFS environment variables to
1269          systemd-homed or via the luksExtraMountOptions user record JSON
1270          property. (Exposed via homectl --luks-extra-mount-options)
1271
1272        * homectl's resize command now takes the special size specifications
1273          "min" and "max" to shrink/grow the home area to the minimum/maximum
1274          size possible, taking disk usage/space constraints and file system
1275          limitations into account. Resizing is now generally graceful: the
1276          logic will try to get as close to the specified size as possible, but
1277          not consider it a failure if the request couldn't be fulfilled
1278          precisely.
1279
1280        * systemd-homed gained the ability to automatically shrink home areas
1281          on logout to their minimal size and grow them again on next
1282          login. This ensures that while inactive, a home area only takes up
1283          the minimal space necessary, but once activated, it provides
1284          sufficient space for the user's needs. This behavior is only
1285          supported if btrfs is used as file system inside the home area
1286          (because only for btrfs online growing/shrinking is implemented in
1287          the kernel). This behavior is now enabled by default, but may be
1288          controlled via the new --auto-resize-mode= setting of homectl.
1289
1290        * systemd-homed gained support for automatically re-balancing free disk
1291          space among active home areas, in case the LUKS2 backends are used,
1292          and no explicit disk size was requested. This way disk space is
1293          automatically managed and home areas resized in regular intervals and
1294          manual resizing when disk space becomes scarce should not be
1295          necessary anymore. This behavior is only supported if btrfs is used
1296          within the home areas (as only then online shrinking and growing is
1297          supported), and may be configured via the new rebalanceWeight JSON
1298          user record field (as exposed via the new --rebalance-weight= homectl
1299          setting). Re-balancing is mostly automatic, but can also be requested
1300          explicitly via "homectl rebalance", which is synchronous, and thus
1301          may be used to wait until the rebalance run is complete.
1302
1303        * userdbctl gained a --json= switch for configured the JSON formatting
1304          to use when outputting user or group records.
1305
1306        * userdbctl gained a new --multiplexer= switch for explicitly
1307          configuring whether to use the systemd-userdbd server side user
1308          record resolution logic.
1309
1310        * userdbctl's ssh-authorized-keys command learnt a new --chain switch,
1311          for chaining up another command to execute after completing the
1312          look-up. Since the OpenSSH's AuthorizedKeysCommand only allows
1313          configuration of a single command to invoke, this maybe used to
1314          invoke multiple: first userdbctl's own implementation, and then any
1315          other also configured in the command line.
1316
1317        * The sd-event API gained a new function sd_event_add_inotify_fd() that
1318          is similar to sd_event_add_inotify() but accepts a file descriptor
1319          instead of a path in the file system for referencing the inode to
1320          watch.
1321
1322        * The sd-event API gained a new function
1323          sd_event_source_set_ratelimit_expire_callback() that may be used to
1324          define a callback function that is called whenever an event source
1325          leaves the rate limiting phase.
1326
1327        * New documentation has been added explaining which steps are necessary
1328          to port systemd to a new architecture:
1329
1330          https://systemd.io/PORTING_TO_NEW_ARCHITECTURES
1331
1332        * The x-systemd.makefs option in /etc/fstab now explicitly supports
1333          ext2, ext3, and f2fs file systems.
1334
1335        * Mount units and units generated from /etc/fstab entries with 'noauto'
1336          are now ordered the same as other units. Effectively, they will be
1337          started earlier (if something actually pulled them in) and stopped
1338          later, similarly to normal mount units that are part of
1339          fs-local.target. This change should be invisible to users, but
1340          should prevent those units from being stopped too early during
1341          shutdown.
1342
1343        * The systemd-getty-generator now honors a new kernel command line
1344          argument systemd.getty_auto= and a new environment variable
1345          $SYSTEMD_GETTY_AUTO that allows turning it off at boot. This is for
1346          example useful to turn off gettys inside of containers or similar
1347          environments.
1348
1349        * systemd-resolved now listens on a second DNS stub address: 127.0.0.54
1350          (in addition to 127.0.0.53, as before). If DNS requests are sent to
1351          this address they are propagated in "bypass" mode only, i.e. are
1352          almost not processed locally, but mostly forwarded as-is to the
1353          current upstream DNS servers. This provides a stable DNS server
1354          address that proxies all requests dynamically to the right upstream
1355          DNS servers even if these dynamically change. This stub does not do
1356          mDNS/LLMNR resolution. However, it will translate look-ups to
1357          DNS-over-TLS if necessary. This new stub is particularly useful in
1358          container/VM environments, or for tethering setups: use DNAT to
1359          redirect traffic to any IP address to this stub.
1360
1361        * systemd-importd now honors new environment variables
1362          $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_SUBVOL, $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_QUOTA,
1363          $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_SYNC, which may be used disable btrfs subvolume
1364          generation, btrfs quota setup and disk synchronization.
1365
1366        * systemd-importd and systemd-resolved can now be optionally built with
1367          OpenSSL instead of libgcrypt.
1368
1369        * systemd-repart no longer requires OpenSSL.
1370
1371        * systemd-sysusers will no longer create the redundant 'nobody' group
1372          by default, as the 'nobody' user is already created with an
1373          appropriate primary group.
1374
1375        * If a unit uses RuntimeMaxSec, systemctl show will now display it.
1376
1377        * systemctl show-environment gained support for --output=json.
1378
1379        * pam_systemd will now first try to use the X11 abstract socket, and
1380          fallback to the socket file in /tmp/.X11-unix/ only if that does not
1381          work.
1382
1383        * systemd-journald will no longer go back to volatile storage
1384          regardless of configuration when its unit is restarted.
1385
1386        * Initial support for the LoongArch architecture has been added (system
1387          call lists, GPT partition table UUIDs, etc).
1388
1389        * systemd-journald's own logging messages are now also logged to the
1390          journal itself when systemd-journald logs to /dev/kmsg.
1391
1392        * systemd-journald now re-enables COW for archived journal files on
1393          filesystems that support COW. One benefit of this change is that
1394          archived journal files will now get compressed on btrfs filesystems
1395          that have compression enabled.
1396
1397        * systemd-journald now deduplicates fields in a single log message
1398          before adding it to the journal. In archived journal files, it will
1399          also punch holes for unused parts and truncate the file as
1400          appropriate, leading to reductions in disk usage.
1401
1402        * journalctl --verify was extended with more informative error
1403          messages.
1404
1405        * More of sd-journal's functions are now resistant against journal file
1406          corruption.
1407
1408        * The shutdown command learnt a new option --show, to display the
1409          scheduled shutdown.
1410
1411        * A LICENSES/ directory is now included in the git tree. It contains a
1412          README.md file that explains the licenses used by source files in
1413          this repository.  It also contains the text of all applicable
1414          licenses as they appear on spdx.org.
1415
1416        Contributions from: Aakash Singh, acsfer, Adolfo Jayme Barrientos,
1417        Adrian Vovk, Albert Brox, Alberto Mardegan, Alexander Kanavin,
1418        alexlzhu, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross,
1419        Amir Omidi, Anatol Pomozov, Andika Triwidada, Andreas Rammhold,
1420        Andreas Valder, Andrej Lajovic, Andrew Soutar, Andrew Stone, Andy Chi,
1421        Anita Zhang, Anssi Hannula, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
1422        Antony Deepak Thomas, Arnaud Ferraris, Arvid E. Picciani,
1423        Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Ben Stockett,
1424        Bogdan Seniuc, Boqun Feng, Carl Lei, chlorophyll-zz, Chris Packham,
1425        Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche, Christian Wehrli,
1426        Christoph Anton Mitterer, Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer,
1427        Daniel Maixner, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Davide Cavalca,
1428        David Seifert, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dimitri John Ledkov,
1429        Dimitri Papadopoulos, Dimitry Ishenko, Dmitry Khlebnikov,
1430        Dominique Martinet, duament, Egor, Egor Ignatov, Emil Renner Berthing,
1431        Emily Gonyer, Ettore Atalan, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink,
1432        Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geass-LL, Gibeom Gwon, GnunuX,
1433        Gogo Gogsi, gregzuro, Greg Zuro, Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede,
1434        Hela Basa, Henri Chain, hikigaya58, Hugo Carvalho,
1435        Hugo Osvaldo Barrera, Iago Lopez Galeiras, Iago López Galeiras,
1436        I-dont-need-name, igo95862, Jack Dähn, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen,
1437        Jan Kuparinen, Jan Macku, Jan Palus, Jarkko Sakkinen, Jayce Fayne,
1438        jiangchuangang, jlempen, John Lindgren, Jonas Dreßler, Jonas Jelten,
1439        Jonas Witschel, Joris Hartog, José Expósito, Julia Kartseva,
1440        Kai-Heng Feng, Kai Wohlfahrt, Kay Siver Bø, KennthStailey,
1441        Kevin Kuehler, Kevin Orr, Khem Raj, Kristian Klausen, Kyle Laker,
1442        lainahai, LaserEyess, Lennart Poettering, Lia Lenckowski, longpanda,
1443        Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Lukas Senionis,
1444        Maanya Goenka, Maciek Borzecki, Marcel Menzel, Marco Scardovi,
1445        Marcus Harrison, Mark Boudreau, Matthijs van Duin, Mauricio Vásquez,
1446        Maxime de Roucy, Max Resch, MertsA, Michael Biebl, Michael Catanzaro,
1447        Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Miika Karanki, Mike Gilbert,
1448        Milo Turner, ml, monosans, Nacho Barrientos, nassir90, Nishal Kulkarni,
1449        nl6720, Ondrej Kozina, Paulo Neves, Pavel Březina, pedro martelletto,
1450        Peter Hutterer, Peter Morrow, Piotr Drąg, Rasmus Villemoes, ratijas,
1451        Raul Tambre, rene, Riccardo Schirone, Robert-L-Turner, Robert Scheck,
1452        Ross Jennings, saikat0511, Scott Lamb, Scott Worley,
1453        Sergei Trofimovich, Sho Iizuka, Slava Bacherikov, Slimane Selyan Amiri,
1454        StefanBruens, Steven Siloti, svonohr, Taiki Sugawara, Takashi Sakamoto,
1455        Takuro Onoue, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas Mühlbacher,
1456        Tianlu Shao, Toke Høiland-Jørgensen, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson,
1457        Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, Urs Ritzmann, Vincent Bernat,
1458        Vito Caputo, Vladimir Panteleev, WANG Xuerui, Wind/owZ, Wu Xiaotian,
1459        xdavidwu, Xiaotian Wu, xujing, yangmingtai, Yao Wei, Yao Wei (魏銘廷),
1460        Yegor Alexeyev, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
1461        Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
1462
1463        — Warsaw, 2021-12-23
1464
1465CHANGES WITH 249:
1466
1467        * When operating on disk images via the --image= switch of various
1468          tools (such as systemd-nspawn or systemd-dissect), or when udev finds
1469          no 'root=' parameter on the kernel command line, and multiple
1470          suitable root or /usr/ partitions exist in the image, then a simple
1471          comparison inspired by strverscmp() is done on the GPT partition
1472          label, and the newest partition is picked. This permits a simple and
1473          generic whole-file-system A/B update logic where new operating system
1474          versions are dropped into partitions whose label is then updated with
1475          a matching version identifier.
1476
1477        * systemd-sysusers now supports querying the passwords to set for the
1478          users it creates via the "credentials" logic introduced in v247: the
1479          passwd.hashed-password.<user> and passwd.plaintext-password.<user>
1480          credentials are consulted for the password to use (either in UNIX
1481          hashed form, or literally). By default these credentials are inherited
1482          down from PID1 (which in turn imports it from a container manager if
1483          there is one). This permits easy configuration of user passwords
1484          during first boot. Example:
1485
1486          # systemd-nspawn -i foo.raw --volatile=yes --set-credential=passwd.plaintext-password.root:foo
1487
1488          Note that systemd-sysusers operates in purely additive mode: it
1489          executes no operation if the declared users already exist, and hence
1490          doesn't set any passwords as effect of the command line above if the
1491          specified root user exists already in the image. (Note that
1492          --volatile=yes ensures it doesn't, though.)
1493
1494        * systemd-firstboot now also supports querying various system
1495          parameters via the credential subsystems. Thus, as above this may be
1496          used to initialize important system parameters on first boot of
1497          previously unprovisioned images (i.e. images with a mostly empty
1498          /etc/).
1499
1500        * PID 1 may now show both the unit name and the unit description
1501          strings in its status output during boot. This may be configured with
1502          StatusUnitFormat=combined in system.conf or
1503          systemd.status-unit-format=combined on the kernel command line.
1504
1505        * The systemd-machine-id-setup tool now supports a --image= switch for
1506          provisioning a machine ID file into an OS disk image, similar to how
1507          --root= operates on an OS file tree. This matches the existing switch
1508          of the same name for systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-firstboot, and
1509          systemd-sysusers tools.
1510
1511        * Similarly, systemd-repart gained support for the --image= switch too.
1512          In combination with the existing --size= option, this makes the tool
1513          particularly useful for easily growing disk images in a single
1514          invocation, following the declarative rules included in the image
1515          itself.
1516
1517        * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
1518          new switch MakeDirectories= which may be used to create arbitrary
1519          directories inside file systems that are created, before registering
1520          them in the partition table. This is useful in particular for root
1521          partitions to create mount point directories for other partitions
1522          included in the image. For example, a disk image that contains a
1523          root, /home/, and /var/ partitions, may set MakeDirectories=yes to
1524          create /home/ and /var/ as empty directories in the root file system
1525          on its creation, so that the resulting image can be mounted
1526          immediately, even in read-only mode.
1527
1528        * systemd-repart's CopyBlocks= setting gained support for the special
1529          value "auto". If used, a suitable matching partition on the booted OS
1530          is found as source to copy blocks from. This is useful when
1531          implementing replicating installers, that are booted from one medium
1532          and then stream their own root partition onto the target medium.
1533
1534        * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
1535          Flags=, a ReadOnly= and a NoAuto= setting, allowing control of these
1536          GPT partition flags for the created partitions: this is useful for
1537          marking newly created partitions as read-only, or as not being
1538          subject for automatic mounting from creation on.
1539
1540        * The /etc/os-release file has been extended with two new (optional)
1541          variables IMAGE_VERSION= and IMAGE_ID=, carrying identity and version
1542          information for OS images that are updated comprehensively and
1543          atomically as one image. Two new specifiers %M, %A now resolve to
1544          these two fields in the various configuration options that resolve
1545          specifiers.
1546
1547        * portablectl gained a new switch --extension= for enabling portable
1548          service images with extensions that follow the extension image
1549          concept introduced with v248, and thus allows layering multiple
1550          images when setting up the root filesystem of the service.
1551
1552        * systemd-coredump will now extract ELF build-id information from
1553          processes dumping core and include it in the coredump report.
1554          Moreover, it will look for ELF .note.package sections with
1555          distribution packaging meta-information about the crashing process.
1556          This is useful to directly embed the rpm or deb (or any other)
1557          package name and version in ELF files, making it easy to match
1558          coredump reports with the specific package for which the software was
1559          compiled. This is particularly useful on environments with ELF files
1560          from multiple vendors, different distributions and versions, as is
1561          common today in our containerized and sand-boxed world. For further
1562          information, see:
1563
1564          https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA
1565
1566        * A new udev hardware database has been added for FireWire devices
1567          (IEEE 1394).
1568
1569        * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated with three
1570          backwards-incompatible changes:
1571
1572          - PCI hotplug slot names on s390 systems are now parsed as
1573            hexadecimal numbers. They were incorrectly parsed as decimal
1574            previously, or ignored if the name was not a valid decimal
1575            number.
1576
1577          - PCI onboard indices up to 65535 are allowed. Previously, numbers
1578            above 16383 were rejected. This primarily impacts s390 systems,
1579            where values up to 65535 are used.
1580
1581          - Invalid characters in interface names are replaced with "_".
1582
1583          The new version of the net naming scheme is "v249". The previous
1584          scheme can be selected via the "net.naming-scheme=v247" kernel
1585          command line parameter.
1586
1587        * sd-bus' sd_bus_is_ready() and sd_bus_is_open() calls now accept a
1588          NULL bus object, for which they will return false. Or in other words,
1589          an unallocated bus connection is neither ready nor open.
1590
1591        * The sd-device API acquired a new API function
1592          sd_device_get_usec_initialized() that returns the monotonic time when
1593          the udev device first appeared in the database.
1594
1595        * sd-device gained a new APIs sd_device_trigger_with_uuid() and
1596          sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). The former is similar to
1597          sd_device_trigger() but returns a randomly generated UUID that is
1598          associated with the synthetic uevent generated by the call. This UUID
1599          may be read from the sd_device object a monitor eventually receives,
1600          via the sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). This interface requires kernel
1601          4.13 or above to work, and allows tracking a synthetic uevent through
1602          the entire device management stack. The "udevadm trigger --settle"
1603          logic has been updated to make use of this concept if available to
1604          wait precisely for the uevents it generates. "udevadm trigger" also
1605          gained a new parameter --uuid that prints the UUID for each generated
1606          uevent.
1607
1608        * sd-device also gained new APIs sd_device_new_from_ifname() and
1609          sd_device_new_from_ifindex() for allocating an sd-device object for
1610          the specified network interface. The former accepts an interface name
1611          (either a primary or an alternative name), the latter an interface
1612          index.
1613
1614        * The native Journal protocol has been documented. Clients may talk
1615          this as alternative to the classic BSD syslog protocol for locally
1616          delivering log records to the Journal. The protocol has been stable
1617          for a long time and in fact been implemented already in a variety
1618          of alternative client libraries. This documentation makes the support
1619          for that official:
1620
1621          https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_NATIVE_PROTOCOL
1622
1623        * A new BPFProgram= setting has been added to service files. It may be
1624          set to a path to a loaded kernel BPF program, i.e. a path to a bpffs
1625          file, or a bind mount or symlink to one. This may be used to upload
1626          and manage BPF programs externally and then hook arbitrary systemd
1627          services into them.
1628
1629        * The "home.arpa" domain that has been officially declared as the
1630          choice for domain for local home networks per RFC 8375 has been added
1631          to the default NTA list of resolved, since DNSSEC is generally not
1632          available on private domains.
1633
1634        * The CPUAffinity= setting of unit files now resolves "%" specifiers.
1635
1636        * A new ManageForeignRoutingPolicyRules= setting has been added to
1637          .network files which may be used to exclude foreign-created routing
1638          policy rules from systemd-networkd management.
1639
1640        * systemd-network-wait-online gained two new switches -4 and -6 that
1641          may be used to tweak whether to wait for only IPv4 or only IPv6
1642          connectivity.
1643
1644        * .network files gained a new RequiredFamilyForOnline= setting to
1645          fine-tune whether to require an IPv4 or IPv6 address in order to
1646          consider an interface "online".
1647
1648        * networkctl will now show an over-all "online" state in the per-link
1649          information.
1650
1651        * In .network files a new OutgoingInterface= setting has been added to
1652          specify the output interface in bridge FDB setups.
1653
1654        * In .network files the Multipath group ID may now be configured for
1655          [NextHop] entries, via the new Group= setting.
1656
1657        * The DHCP server logic configured in .network files gained a new
1658          setting RelayTarget= that turns the server into a DHCP server relay.
1659          The RelayAgentCircuitId= and RelayAgentRemoteId= settings may be used
1660          to further tweak the DHCP relay behaviour.
1661
1662        * The DHCP server logic also gained a new ServerAddress= setting in
1663          .network files that explicitly specifies the server IP address to
1664          use. If not specified, the address is determined automatically, as
1665          before.
1666
1667        * The DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd gained support for static
1668          DHCP leases, configurable via the [DHCPServerStaticLease]
1669          section. This allows explicitly mapping specific MAC addresses to
1670          fixed IP addresses and vice versa.
1671
1672        * The RestrictAddressFamilies= setting in service files now supports a
1673          new special value "none". If specified sockets of all address
1674          families will be made unavailable to services configured that way.
1675
1676        * systemd-fstab-generator and systemd-repart have been updated to
1677          support booting from disks that carry only a /usr/ partition but no
1678          root partition yet, and where systemd-repart can add it in on the
1679          first boot. This is useful for implementing systems that ship with a
1680          single /usr/ file system, and whose root file system shall be set up
1681          and formatted on a LUKS-encrypted volume whose key is generated
1682          locally (and possibly enrolled in the TPM) during the first boot.
1683
1684        * The [Address] section of .network files now accepts a new
1685          RouteMetric= setting that configures the routing metric to use for
1686          the prefix route created as effect of the address configuration.
1687          Similarly, the [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] and [IPv6Prefix] sections
1688          gained matching settings for their prefix routes. (The option of the
1689          same name in the [DHCPv6] section is moved to [IPv6AcceptRA], since
1690          it conceptually belongs there; the old option is still understood for
1691          compatibility.)
1692
1693        * The DHCPv6 IAID and DUID are now explicitly configurable in .network
1694          files.
1695
1696        * A new udev property ID_NET_DHCP_BROADCAST on network interface
1697          devices is now honoured by systemd-networkd, controlling whether to
1698          issue DHCP offers via broadcasting. This is used to ensure that s390
1699          layer 3 network interfaces work out-of-the-box with systemd-networkd.
1700
1701        * nss-myhostname and systemd-resolved will now synthesize address
1702          records for a new special hostname "_outbound". The name will always
1703          resolve to the local IP addresses most likely used for outbound
1704          connections towards the default routes. On multi-homed hosts this is
1705          useful to have a stable handle referring to "the" local IP address
1706          that matters most, to the point where this is defined.
1707
1708        * The Discoverable Partition Specification has been updated with a new
1709          GPT partition flag "grow-file-system" defined for its partition
1710          types. Whenever partitions with this flag set are automatically
1711          mounted (i.e. via systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the --image= switch
1712          of systemd-nspawn or other tools; and as opposed to explicit mounting
1713          via /etc/fstab), the file system within the partition is
1714          automatically grown to the full size of the partition. If the file
1715          system size already matches the partition size this flag has no
1716          effect. Previously, this functionality has been available via the
1717          explicit x-systemd.growfs mount option, and this new flag extends
1718          this to automatically discovered mounts. A new GrowFileSystem=
1719          setting has been added to systemd-repart drop-in files that allows
1720          configuring this partition flag. This new flag defaults to on for
1721          partitions automatically created by systemd-repart, except if they
1722          are marked read-only. See the specification for further details:
1723
1724          https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
1725
1726        * .network files gained a new setting RoutesToNTP= in the [DHCPv4]
1727          section. If enabled (which is the default), and an NTP server address
1728          is acquired through a DHCP lease on this interface an explicit route
1729          to this address is created on this interface to ensure that NTP
1730          traffic to the NTP server acquired on an interface is also routed
1731          through that interface. The pre-existing RoutesToDNS= setting that
1732          implements the same for DNS servers is now enabled by default.
1733
1734        * A pair of service settings SocketBindAllow= + SocketBindDeny= have
1735          been added that may be used to restrict the network interfaces
1736          sockets created by the service may be bound to. This is implemented
1737          via BPF.
1738
1739        * A new ConditionFirmware= setting has been added to unit files to
1740          conditionalize on certain firmware features. At the moment it may
1741          check whether running on an UEFI system, a device.tree system, or if
1742          the system is compatible with some specified device-tree feature.
1743
1744        * A new ConditionOSRelease= setting has been added to unit files to
1745          check os-release(5) fields. The "=", "!=", "<", "<=", ">=", ">"
1746          operators may be used to check if some field has some specific value
1747          or do an alphanumerical comparison. Equality comparisons are useful
1748          for fields like ID, but relative comparisons for fields like
1749          VERSION_ID or IMAGE_VERSION.
1750
1751        * hostnamed gained a new Describe() D-Bus method that returns a JSON
1752          serialization of the host data it exposes. This is exposed via
1753          "hostnamectl --json=" to acquire a host identity description in JSON.
1754          It's our intention to add a similar features to most services and
1755          objects systemd manages, in order to simplify integration with
1756          program code that can consume JSON.
1757
1758        * Similarly, networkd gained a Describe() method on its Manager and
1759          Link bus objects. This is exposed via "networkctl --json=".
1760
1761        * hostnamectl's various "get-xyz"/"set-xyz" verb pairs
1762          (e.g. "hostnamectl get-hostname", "hostnamectl "set-hostname") have
1763          been replaced by a single "xyz" verb (e.g. "hostnamectl hostname")
1764          that is used both to get the value (when no argument is given), and
1765          to set the value (when an argument is specified). The old names
1766          continue to be supported for compatibility.
1767
1768        * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= are now able to
1769          correctly identify Amazon EC2 environments.
1770
1771        * The LogLevelMax= setting of unit files now applies not only to log
1772          messages generated *by* the service, but also to log messages
1773          generated *about* the service by PID 1. To suppress logs concerning a
1774          specific service comprehensively, set this option to a high log
1775          level.
1776
1777        * bootctl gained support for a new --make-machine-id-directory= switch
1778          that allows precise control on whether to create the top-level
1779          per-machine directory in the boot partition that typically contains
1780          Type 1 boot loader entries.
1781
1782        * During build SBAT data to include in the systemd-boot EFI PE binaries
1783          may be specified now.
1784
1785        * /etc/crypttab learnt a new option "headless". If specified any
1786          requests to query the user interactively for passwords or PINs will
1787          be skipped. This is useful on systems that are headless, i.e. where
1788          an interactive user is generally not present.
1789
1790        * /etc/crypttab also learnt a new option "password-echo=" that allows
1791          configuring whether the encryption password prompt shall echo the
1792          typed password and if so, do so literally or via asterisks. (The
1793          default is the same behaviour as before: provide echo feedback via
1794          asterisks.)
1795
1796        * FIDO2 support in systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup and
1797          systemd-homed has been updated to allow explicit configuration of the
1798          "user presence" and "user verification" checks, as well as whether a
1799          PIN is required for authentication, via the new switches
1800          --fido2-with-user-presence=, --fido2-with-user-verification=,
1801          --fido2-with-client-pin= to systemd-cryptenroll and homectl. Which
1802          features are available, and may be enabled or disabled depends on the
1803          used FIDO2 token.
1804
1805        * systemd-nspawn's --private-user= switch now accepts the special value
1806          "identity" which configures a user namespacing environment with an
1807          identity mapping of 65535 UIDs. This means the container UID 0 is
1808          mapped to the host UID 0, and the UID 1 to host UID 1. On first look
1809          this doesn't appear to be useful, however it does reduce the attack
1810          surface a bit, since the resulting container will possess process
1811          capabilities only within its namespace and not on the host.
1812
1813        * systemd-nspawn's --private-user-chown switch has been replaced by a
1814          more generic --private-user-ownership= switch that accepts one of
1815          three values: "chown" is equivalent to the old --private-user-chown,
1816          and "off" is equivalent to the absence of the old switch. The value
1817          "map" uses the new UID mapping mounts of Linux 5.12 to map ownership
1818          of files and directories of the underlying image to the chosen UID
1819          range for the container. "auto" is equivalent to "map" if UID mapping
1820          mount are supported, otherwise it is equivalent to "chown". The short
1821          -U switch systemd-nspawn now implies --private-user-ownership=auto
1822          instead of the old --private-user-chown. Effectively this means: if
1823          the backing file system supports UID mapping mounts the feature is
1824          now used by default if -U is used. Generally, it's a good idea to use
1825          UID mapping mounts instead of recursive chown()ing, since it allows
1826          running containers off immutable images (since no modifications of
1827          the images need to take place), and share images between multiple
1828          instances. Moreover, the recursive chown()ing operation is slow and
1829          can be avoided. Conceptually it's also a good thing if transient UID
1830          range uses do not leak into persistent file ownership anymore. TLDR:
1831          finally, the last major drawback of user namespacing has been
1832          removed, and -U should always be used (unless you use btrfs, where
1833          UID mapped mounts do not exist; or your container actually needs
1834          privileges on the host).
1835
1836        * nss-systemd now synthesizes user and group shadow records in addition
1837          to the main user and group records. Thus, hashed passwords managed by
1838          systemd-homed are now accessible via the shadow database.
1839
1840        * The userdb logic (and thus nss-systemd, and so on) now read
1841          additional user/group definitions in JSON format from the drop-in
1842          directories /etc/userdb/, /run/userdb/, /run/host/userdb/ and
1843          /usr/lib/userdb/. This is a simple and powerful mechanism for making
1844          additional users available to the system, with full integration into
1845          NSS including the shadow databases. Since the full JSON user/group
1846          record format is supported this may also be used to define users with
1847          resource management settings and other runtime settings that
1848          pam_systemd and systemd-logind enforce at login.
1849
1850        * The userdbctl tool gained two new switches --with-dropin= and
1851          --with-varlink= which can be used to fine-tune the sources used for
1852          user database lookups.
1853
1854        * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --bind-user= for binding a host
1855          user account into the container. This does three things: the user's
1856          home directory is bind mounted from the host into the container,
1857          below the /run/userdb/home/ hierarchy. A free UID is picked in the
1858          container, and a user namespacing UID mapping to the host user's UID
1859          installed. And finally, a minimal JSON user and group record (along
1860          with its hashed password) is dropped into /run/host/userdb/. These
1861          records are picked up automatically by the userdb drop-in logic
1862          describe above, and allow the user to login with the same password as
1863          on the host. Effectively this means: if host and container run new
1864          enough systemd versions making a host user available to the container
1865          is trivially simple.
1866
1867        * systemd-journal-gatewayd now supports the switches --user, --system,
1868          --merge, --file= that are equivalent to the same switches of
1869          journalctl, and permit exposing only the specified subset of the
1870          Journal records.
1871
1872        * The OnFailure= dependency between units is now augmented with a
1873          implicit reverse dependency OnFailureOf= (this new dependency cannot
1874          be configured directly it's only created as effect of an OnFailure=
1875          dependency in the reverse order — it's visible in "systemctl show"
1876          however). Similar, Slice= now has an reverse dependency SliceOf=,
1877          that is also not configurable directly, but useful to determine all
1878          units that are members of a slice.
1879
1880        * A pair of new dependency types between units PropagatesStopTo= +
1881          StopPropagatedFrom= has been added, that allows propagation of unit
1882          stop events between two units. It operates similar to the existing
1883          PropagatesReloadTo= + ReloadPropagatedFrom= dependencies.
1884
1885        * A new dependency type OnSuccess= has been added (plus the reverse
1886          dependency OnSuccessOf=, which cannot be configured directly, but
1887          exists only as effect of the reverse OnSuccess=). It is similar to
1888          OnFailure=, but triggers in the opposite case: when a service exits
1889          cleanly. This allows "chaining up" of services where one or more
1890          services are started once another service has successfully completed.
1891
1892        * A new dependency type Upholds= has been added (plus the reverse
1893          dependency UpheldBy=, which cannot be configured directly, but exists
1894          only as effect of Upholds=). This dependency type is a stronger form
1895          of Wants=: if a unit has an UpHolds= dependency on some other unit
1896          and the former is active then the latter is started whenever it is
1897          found inactive (and no job is queued for it). This is an alternative
1898          to Restart= inside service units, but less configurable, and the
1899          request to uphold a unit is not encoded in the unit itself but in
1900          another unit that intends to uphold it.
1901
1902        * The systemd-ask-password tool now also supports reading passwords
1903          from the credentials subsystem, via the new --credential= switch.
1904
1905        * The systemd-ask-password tool learnt a new switch --emoji= which may
1906          be used to explicit control whether the lock and key emoji (��) is
1907          shown in the password prompt on suitable TTYs.
1908
1909        * The --echo switch of systemd-ask-password now optionally takes a
1910          parameter that controls character echo. It may either show asterisks
1911          (default, as before), turn echo off entirely, or echo the typed
1912          characters literally.
1913
1914        * The systemd-ask-password tool also gained a new -n switch for
1915          suppressing output of a trailing newline character when writing the
1916          acquired password to standard output, similar to /bin/echo's -n
1917          switch.
1918
1919        * New documentation has been added that describes the organization of
1920          the systemd source code tree:
1921
1922          https://systemd.io/ARCHITECTURE
1923
1924        * Units using ConditionNeedsUpdate= will no longer be activated in
1925          the initrd.
1926
1927        * It is now possible to list a template unit in the WantedBy= or
1928          RequiredBy= settings of the [Install] section of another template
1929          unit, which will be instantiated using the same instance name.
1930
1931        * A new MemoryAvailable property is available for units. If the unit,
1932          or the slice(s) it is part of, have a memory limit set via MemoryMax=/
1933          MemoryHigh=, MemoryAvailable will indicate how much more memory the
1934          unit can claim before hitting the limit(s).
1935
1936        * systemd-coredump will now try to stay below the cgroup memory limit
1937          placed on itself or one of the slices it runs under, if the storage
1938          area for core files (/var/lib/systemd/coredump/) is placed on a tmpfs,
1939          since files written on such filesystems count toward the cgroup memory
1940          limit. If there is not enough available memory in such cases to store
1941          the core file uncompressed, systemd-coredump will skip to compressed
1942          storage directly (if enabled) and it will avoid analyzing the core file
1943          to print backtrace and metadata in the journal.
1944
1945        * tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins gained a new '=' modifier to check if the type
1946          of a path matches the configured expectations, and remove it if not.
1947
1948        * tmpfiles.d/'s 'Age' now accepts an 'age-by' argument, which allows to
1949          specify which of the several available filesystem timestamps (access
1950          time, birth time, change time, modification time) to look at when
1951          deciding whether a path has aged enough to be cleaned.
1952
1953        * A new IPv6StableSecretAddress= setting has been added to .network
1954          files, which takes an IPv6 address to use as secret for IPv6 address
1955          generation.
1956
1957        * The [DHCPServer] logic in .network files gained support for a new
1958          UplinkInterface= setting that permits configuration of the uplink
1959          interface name to propagate DHCP lease information from.
1960
1961        * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files now accepts a list of flags
1962          instead of a single one, to configure multiple wake-on-LAN policies.
1963
1964        * User-space defined tracepoints (USDT) have been added to udev at
1965          strategic locations. This is useful for tracing udev behaviour and
1966          performance with bpftrace and similar tools.
1967
1968        * systemd-journald-upload gained a new NetworkTimeoutSec= option for
1969          setting a network timeout time.
1970
1971        * If a system service is running in a new mount namespace (RootDirectory=
1972          and friends), all file systems will be mounted with MS_NOSUID by
1973          default, unless the system is running with SELinux enabled.
1974
1975        * When enumerating time zones the timedatectl tool will now consult the
1976          'tzdata.zi' file shipped by the IANA time zone database package, in
1977          addition to 'zone1970.tab', as before. This makes sure time zone
1978          aliases are now correctly supported. Some distributions so far did
1979          not install this additional file, most do however. If you
1980          distribution does not install it yet, it might make sense to change
1981          that.
1982
1983        * Intel HID rfkill event is no longer masked, since it's the only
1984          source of rfkill event on newer HP laptops. To have both backward and
1985          forward compatibility, userspace daemon needs to debounce duplicated
1986          events in a short time window.
1987
1988        Contributions from: Aakash Singh, adrian5, Albert Brox,
1989        Alexander Sverdlin, Alexander Tsoy, Alexey Rubtsov, alexlzhu,
1990        Allen Webb, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross, Anders Wenhaug,
1991        Andrea Pappacoda, Anita Zhang, asavah, Balint Reczey, Bertrand Jacquin,
1992        borna-blazevic, caoxia2008cxx, Carlo Teubner, Christian Göttsche,
1993        Christian Hesse, Daniel Schaefer, Dan Streetman,
1994        David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, dgcampea,
1995        Dimitri John Ledkov, ei-ke, Emilio Herrera, Emil Renner Berthing,
1996        Eric Cook, Flos Lonicerae, Franck Bui, Francois Gervais,
1997        Frantisek Sumsal, Gibeom Gwon, gitm0, Hamish Moffatt, Hans de Goede,
1998        Harsh Barsaiyan, Henri Chain, Hristo Venev, Icenowy Zheng, Igor Zhbanov,
1999        imayoda, Jakub Warczarek, James Buren, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku,
2000        Jan Synacek, Jason Francis, Jayanth Ananthapadmanaban, Jeremy Szu,
2001        Jérôme Carretero, Jesse Stricker, jiangchuangang, Joerg Behrmann,
2002        Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jörg Deckert, Jörg Thalheim, Juergen Hoetzel,
2003        Julia Kartseva, Kai-Heng Feng, Khem Raj, KoyamaSohei, laineantti,
2004        Lennart Poettering, LetzteInstanz, Luca Adrian L, Luca Boccassi,
2005        Lucas Magasweran, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marco Antonio Mauro, Mark Wielaard,
2006        Masahiro Matsuya, Matt Johnston, Michael Catanzaro, Michal Koutný,
2007        Michal Sekletár, Mike Crowe, Mike Kazantsev, Milan, milaq,
2008        Miroslav Suchý, Morten Linderud, nerdopolis, nl6720, Noah Meyerhans,
2009        Oleg Popov, Olle Lundberg, Ondrej Kozina, Paweł Marciniak, Perry.Yuan,
2010        Peter Hutterer, Peter Kjellerstedt, Peter Morrow, Phaedrus Leeds,
2011        plattrap, qhill, Raul Tambre, Roman Beranek, Roshan Shariff,
2012        Ryan Hendrickson, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sebastian Blunt,
2013        Seong-ho Cho, Sergey Bugaev, Sevan Janiyan, Sibo Dong, simmon,
2014        Simon Watts, Srinidhi Kaushik, Štěpán Němec, Steve Bonds, Susant Sahani,
2015        sverdlin, syyhao1994, Takashi Sakamoto, Topi Miettinen, tramsay,
2016        Trent Piepho, Uwe Kleine-König, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vincent Dechenaux,
2017        Vito Caputo, William A. Kennington III, Yangyang Shen, Yegor Alexeyev,
2018        Yi Gao, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsien, наб
2019
2020        — Edinburgh, 2021-07-07
2021
2022CHANGES WITH 248:
2023
2024        * A concept of system extension images is introduced. Such images may
2025          be used to extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies at
2026          runtime with additional files (even if the file system is read-only).
2027          When a system extension image is activated, its /usr/ and /opt/
2028          hierarchies and os-release information are combined via overlayfs
2029          with the file system hierarchy of the host OS.
2030
2031          A new systemd-sysext tool can be used to merge, unmerge, list, and
2032          refresh system extension hierarchies. See
2033          https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-sysext.html.
2034
2035          The systemd-sysext.service automatically merges installed system
2036          extensions during boot (before basic.target, but not in very early
2037          boot, since various file systems have to be mounted first).
2038
2039          The SYSEXT_LEVEL= field in os-release(5) may be used to specify the
2040          supported system extension level.
2041
2042        * A new ExtensionImages= unit setting can be used to apply the same
2043          system extension image concept from systemd-sysext to the namespaced
2044          file hierarchy of specific services, following the same rules and
2045          constraints.
2046
2047        * Support for a new special "root=tmpfs" kernel command-line option has
2048          been added. When specified, a tmpfs is mounted on /, and mount.usr=
2049          should be used to point to the operating system implementation.
2050
2051        * A new configuration file /etc/veritytab may be used to configure
2052          dm-verity integrity protection for block devices. Each line is in the
2053          format "volume-name data-device hash-device roothash options",
2054          similar to /etc/crypttab.
2055
2056        * A new kernel command-line option systemd.verity.root_options= may be
2057          used to configure dm-verity behaviour for the root device.
2058
2059        * The key file specified in /etc/crypttab (the third field) may now
2060          refer to an AF_UNIX/SOCK_STREAM socket in the file system. The key is
2061          acquired by connecting to that socket and reading from it. This
2062          allows the implementation of a service to provide key information
2063          dynamically, at the moment when it is needed.
2064
2065        * When the hostname is set explicitly to "localhost", systemd-hostnamed
2066          will respect this. Previously such a setting would be mostly silently
2067          ignored. The goal is to honour configuration as specified by the
2068          user.
2069
2070        * The fallback hostname that will be used by the system manager and
2071          systemd-hostnamed can now be configured in two new ways: by setting
2072          DEFAULT_HOSTNAME= in os-release(5), or by setting
2073          $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_HOSTNAME in the environment block. As before, it can
2074          also be configured during compilation. The environment variable is
2075          intended for testing and local overrides, the os-release(5) field is
2076          intended to allow customization by different variants of a
2077          distribution that share the same compiled packages.
2078
2079        * The environment block of the manager itself may be configured through
2080          a new ManagerEnvironment= setting in system.conf or user.conf. This
2081          complements existing ways to set the environment block (the kernel
2082          command line for the system manager, the inherited environment and
2083          user@.service unit file settings for the user manager).
2084
2085        * systemd-hostnamed now exports the default hostname and the source of
2086          the configured hostname ("static", "transient", or "default") as
2087          D-Bus properties.
2088
2089        * systemd-hostnamed now exports the "HardwareVendor" and
2090          "HardwareModel" D-Bus properties, which are supposed to contain a
2091          pair of cleaned up, human readable strings describing the system's
2092          vendor and model. It's typically sourced from the firmware's DMI
2093          tables, but may be augmented from a new hwdb database. hostnamectl
2094          shows this in the status output.
2095
2096        * Support has been added to systemd-cryptsetup for extracting the
2097          PKCS#11 token URI and encrypted key from the LUKS2 JSON embedded
2098          metadata header. This allows the information how to open the
2099          encrypted device to be embedded directly in the device and obviates
2100          the need for configuration in an external file.
2101
2102        * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for unlocking LUKS2 volumes using
2103          TPM2 hardware, as well as FIDO2 security tokens (in addition to the
2104          pre-existing support for PKCS#11 security tokens).
2105
2106        * systemd-repart may enroll encrypted partitions using TPM2
2107          hardware. This may be useful for example to create an encrypted /var
2108          partition bound to the machine on first boot.
2109
2110        * A new systemd-cryptenroll tool has been added to enroll TPM2, FIDO2
2111          and PKCS#11 security tokens to LUKS volumes, list and destroy
2112          them. See:
2113
2114          http://0pointer.net/blog/unlocking-luks2-volumes-with-tpm2-fido2-pkcs11-security-hardware-on-systemd-248.html
2115
2116          It also supports enrolling "recovery keys" and regular passphrases.
2117
2118        * The libfido2 dependency is now based on dlopen(), so that the library
2119          is used at runtime when installed, but is not a hard runtime
2120          dependency.
2121
2122        * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for two new options in
2123          /etc/crypttab: "no-write-workqueue" and "no-read-workqueue" which
2124          request synchronous processing of encryption/decryption IO.
2125
2126        * The manager may be configured at compile time to use the fexecve()
2127          instead of the execve() system call when spawning processes. Using
2128          fexecve() closes a window between checking the security context of an
2129          executable and spawning it, but unfortunately the kernel displays
2130          stale information in the process' "comm" field, which impacts ps
2131          output and such.
2132
2133        * The configuration option -Dcompat-gateway-hostname has been dropped.
2134          "_gateway" is now the only supported name.
2135
2136        * The ConditionSecurity=tpm2 unit file setting may be used to check if
2137          the system has at least one TPM2 (tpmrm class) device.
2138
2139        * A new ConditionCPUFeature= has been added that may be used to
2140          conditionalize units based on CPU features. For example,
2141          ConditionCPUFeature=rdrand will condition a unit so that it is only
2142          run when the system CPU supports the RDRAND opcode.
2143
2144        * The existing ConditionControlGroupController= setting has been
2145          extended with two new values "v1" and "v2". "v2" means that the
2146          unified v2 cgroup hierarchy is used, and "v1" means that legacy v1
2147          hierarchy or the hybrid hierarchy are used.
2148
2149        * A new PrivateIPC= setting on a unit file allows executed processes to
2150          be moved into a private IPC namespace, with separate System V IPC
2151          identifiers and POSIX message queues.
2152
2153          A new IPCNamespacePath= allows the unit to be joined to an existing
2154          IPC namespace.
2155
2156        * The tables of system calls in seccomp filters are now automatically
2157          generated from kernel lists exported on
2158          https://fedora.juszkiewicz.com.pl/syscalls.html.
2159
2160          The following architectures should now have complete lists:
2161          alpha, arc, arm64, arm, i386, ia64, m68k, mips64n32, mips64, mipso32,
2162          powerpc, powerpc64, s390, s390x, tilegx, sparc, x86_64, x32.
2163
2164        * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now additionally mounts a tmpfs
2165          on /run/ if it is not already a mount point. A writable /run/ has
2166          always been a requirement for a functioning system, but this was not
2167          guaranteed when using a read-only image.
2168
2169          Users can always specify BindPaths= or InaccessiblePaths= as
2170          overrides, and they will take precedence. If the host's root mount
2171          point is used, there is no change in behaviour.
2172
2173        * New bind mounts and file system image mounts may be injected into the
2174          mount namespace of a service (without restarting it). This is exposed
2175          respectively as 'systemctl bind <unit> <path>…' and
2176          'systemctl mount-image <unit> <image>…'.
2177
2178        * The StandardOutput= and StandardError= settings can now specify files
2179          to be truncated for output (as "truncate:<path>").
2180
2181        * The ExecPaths= and NoExecPaths= settings may be used to specify
2182          noexec for parts of the file system.
2183
2184        * sd-bus has a new function sd_bus_open_user_machine() to open a
2185          connection to the session bus of a specific user in a local container
2186          or on the local host. This is exposed in the existing -M switch to
2187          systemctl and similar tools:
2188
2189              systemctl --user -M lennart@foobar start foo
2190
2191          This will connect to the user bus of a user "lennart" in container
2192          "foobar". If no container name is specified, the specified user on
2193          the host itself is connected to
2194
2195              systemctl --user -M lennart@ start quux
2196
2197        * sd-bus also gained a convenience function sd_bus_message_send() to
2198          simplify invocations of sd_bus_send(), taking only a single
2199          parameter: the message to send.
2200
2201        * sd-event allows rate limits to be set on event sources, for dealing
2202          with high-priority event sources that might starve out others. See
2203          the new man page sd_event_source_set_ratelimit(3) for details.
2204
2205        * systemd.link files gained a [Link] Promiscuous= switch, which allows
2206          the device to be raised in promiscuous mode.
2207
2208          New [Link] TransmitQueues= and ReceiveQueues= settings allow the
2209          number of TX and RX queues to be configured.
2210
2211          New [Link] TransmitQueueLength= setting allows the size of the TX
2212          queue to be configured.
2213
2214          New [Link] GenericSegmentOffloadMaxBytes= and
2215          GenericSegmentOffloadMaxSegments= allow capping the packet size and
2216          the number of segments accepted in Generic Segment Offload.
2217
2218        * systemd-networkd gained support for the "B.A.T.M.A.N. advanced"
2219          wireless routing protocol that operates on ISO/OSI Layer 2 only and
2220          uses ethernet frames to route/bridge packets. This encompasses a new
2221          "batadv" netdev Type=, a new [BatmanAdvanced] section with a bunch of
2222          new settings in .netdev files, and a new BatmanAdvanced= setting in
2223          .network files.
2224
2225        * systemd.network files gained a [Network] RouteTable= configuration
2226          switch to select the routing policy table.
2227
2228          systemd.network files gained a [RoutingPolicyRule] Type=
2229          configuration switch (one of "blackhole, "unreachable", "prohibit").
2230
2231          systemd.network files gained a [IPv6AcceptRA] RouteDenyList= and
2232          RouteAllowList= settings to ignore/accept route advertisements from
2233          routers matching specified prefixes. The DenyList= setting has been
2234          renamed to PrefixDenyList= and a new PrefixAllowList= option has been
2235          added.
2236
2237          systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6] UseAddress= setting to
2238          optionally ignore the address provided in the lease.
2239
2240          systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation]
2241          ManageTemporaryAddress= switch.
2242
2243          systemd.network files gained a new ActivationPolicy= setting which
2244          allows configuring how the UP state of an interface shall be managed,
2245          i.e. whether the interface is always upped, always downed, or may be
2246          upped/downed by the user using "ip link set dev".
2247
2248        * The default for the Broadcast= setting in .network files has slightly
2249          changed: the broadcast address will not be configured for wireguard
2250          devices.
2251
2252        * systemd.netdev files gained a [VLAN] Protocol=, IngressQOSMaps=,
2253          EgressQOSMaps=, and [MACVLAN] BroadcastMulticastQueueLength=
2254          configuration options for VLAN packet handling.
2255
2256        * udev rules may now set log_level= option. This allows debug logs to
2257          be enabled for select events, e.g. just for a specific subsystem or
2258          even a single device.
2259
2260        * udev now exports the VOLUME_ID, LOGICAL_VOLUME_ID, VOLUME_SET_ID, and
2261          DATA_PREPARED_ID properties for block devices with ISO9660 file
2262          systems.
2263
2264        * udev now exports decoded DMI information about installed memory slots
2265          as device properties under the /sys/class/dmi/id/ pseudo device.
2266
2267        * /dev/ is not mounted noexec anymore. This didn't provide any
2268          significant security benefits and would conflict with the executable
2269          mappings used with /dev/sgx device nodes. The previous behaviour can
2270          be restored for individual services with NoExecPaths=/dev (or by allow-
2271          listing and excluding /dev from ExecPaths=).
2272
2273        * Permissions for /dev/vsock are now set to 0o666, and /dev/vhost-vsock
2274          and /dev/vhost-net are owned by the kvm group.
2275
2276        * The hardware database has been extended with a list of fingerprint
2277          readers that correctly support USB auto-suspend using data from
2278          libfprint.
2279
2280        * systemd-resolved can now answer DNSSEC questions through the stub
2281          resolver interface in a way that allows local clients to do DNSSEC
2282          validation themselves. For a question with DO+CD set, it'll proxy the
2283          DNS query and respond with a mostly unmodified packet received from
2284          the upstream server.
2285
2286        * systemd-resolved learnt a new boolean option CacheFromLocalhost= in
2287          resolved.conf. If true the service will provide caching even for DNS
2288          lookups made to an upstream DNS server on the 127.0.0.1/::1
2289          addresses. By default (and when the option is false) systemd-resolved
2290          will not cache such lookups, in order to avoid duplicate local
2291          caching, under the assumption the local upstream server caches
2292          anyway.
2293
2294        * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5001 NSID in its local DNS
2295          stub. This may be used by local clients to determine whether they are
2296          talking to the DNS resolver stub or a different DNS server.
2297
2298        * When resolving host names and other records resolvectl will now
2299          report where the data was acquired from (i.e. the local cache, the
2300          network, locally synthesized, …) and whether the network traffic it
2301          effected was encrypted or not. Moreover the tool acquired a number of
2302          new options --cache=, --synthesize=, --network=, --zone=,
2303          --trust-anchor=, --validate= that take booleans and may be used to
2304          tweak a lookup, i.e. whether it may be answered from cached
2305          information, locally synthesized information, information acquired
2306          through the network, the local mDNS/LLMNR zone, the DNSSEC trust
2307          anchor, and whether DNSSEC validation shall be executed for the
2308          lookup.
2309
2310        * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ambient-capability= setting
2311          (AmbientCapability= in .nspawn files) to configure ambient
2312          capabilities passed to the container payload.
2313
2314        * systemd-nspawn gained the ability to configure the firewall using the
2315          nftables subsystem (in addition to the existing iptables
2316          support). Similarly, systemd-networkd's IPMasquerade= option now
2317          supports nftables as back-end, too. In both cases NAT on IPv6 is now
2318          supported too, in addition to IPv4 (the iptables back-end still is
2319          IPv4-only).
2320
2321          "IPMasquerade=yes", which was the same as "IPMasquerade=ipv4" before,
2322          retains its meaning, but has been deprecated. Please switch to either
2323          "ivp4" or "both" (if covering IPv6 is desired).
2324
2325        * systemd-importd will now download .verity and .roothash.p7s files
2326          along with the machine image (as exposed via machinectl pull-raw).
2327
2328        * systemd-oomd now gained a new DefaultMemoryPressureDurationSec=
2329          setting to configure the time a unit's cgroup needs to exceed memory
2330          pressure limits before action will be taken, and a new
2331          ManagedOOMPreference=none|avoid|omit setting to avoid killing certain
2332          units.
2333
2334          systemd-oomd is now considered fully supported (the usual
2335          backwards-compatiblity promises apply). Swap is not required for
2336          operation, but it is still recommended.
2337
2338        * systemd-timesyncd gained a new ConnectionRetrySec= setting which
2339          configures the retry delay when trying to contact servers.
2340
2341        * systemd-stdio-bridge gained --system/--user options to connect to the
2342          system bus (previous default) or the user session bus.
2343
2344        * systemd-localed may now call locale-gen to generate missing locales
2345          on-demand (UTF-8-only). This improves integration with Debian-based
2346          distributions (Debian/Ubuntu/PureOS/Tanglu/...) and Arch Linux.
2347
2348        * systemctl --check-inhibitors=true may now be used to obey inhibitors
2349          even when invoked non-interactively. The old --ignore-inhibitors
2350          switch is now deprecated and replaced by --check-inhibitors=false.
2351
2352        * systemctl import-environment will now emit a warning when called
2353          without any arguments (i.e. to import the full environment block of
2354          the called program). This command will usually be invoked from a
2355          shell, which means that it'll inherit a bunch of variables which are
2356          specific to that shell, and usually to the TTY the shell is connected
2357          to, and don't have any meaning in the global context of the system or
2358          user service manager. Instead, only specific variables should be
2359          imported into the manager environment block.
2360
2361          Similarly, programs which update the manager environment block by
2362          directly calling the D-Bus API of the manager, should also push
2363          specific variables, and not the full inherited environment.
2364
2365        * systemctl's status output now shows unit state with a more careful
2366          choice of Unicode characters: units in maintenance show a "○" symbol
2367          instead of the usual "●", failed units show "×", and services being
2368          reloaded "↻".
2369
2370        * coredumpctl gained a --debugger-arguments= switch to pass arguments
2371          to the debugger. It also gained support for showing coredump info in
2372          a simple JSON format.
2373
2374        * systemctl/loginctl/machinectl's --signal= option now accept a special
2375          value "list", which may be used to show a brief table with known
2376          process signals and their numbers.
2377
2378        * networkctl now shows the link activation policy in status.
2379
2380        * Various tools gained --pager/--no-pager/--json= switches to
2381          enable/disable the pager and provide JSON output.
2382
2383        * Various tools now accept two new values for the SYSTEMD_COLORS
2384          environment variable: "16" and "256", to configure how many terminal
2385          colors are used in output.
2386
2387        * less 568 or newer is now required for the auto-paging logic of the
2388          various tools. Hyperlink ANSI sequences in terminal output are now
2389          used even if a pager is used, and older versions of less are not able
2390          to display these sequences correctly. SYSTEMD_URLIFY=0 may be used to
2391          disable this output again.
2392
2393        * Builds with support for separate / and /usr/ hierarchies ("split-usr"
2394          builds, non-merged-usr builds) are now officially deprecated. A
2395          warning is emitted during build. Support is slated to be removed in
2396          about a year (when the Debian Bookworm release development starts).
2397
2398        * Systems with the legacy cgroup v1 hierarchy are now marked as
2399          "tainted", to make it clearer that using the legacy hierarchy is not
2400          recommended.
2401
2402        * systemd-localed will now refuse to configure a keymap which is not
2403          installed in the file system. This is intended as a bug fix, but
2404          could break cases where systemd-localed was used to configure the
2405          keymap in advanced of it being installed. It is necessary to install
2406          the keymap file first.
2407
2408        * The main git development branch has been renamed to 'main'.
2409
2410        * mmcblk[0-9]boot[0-9] devices will no longer be probed automatically
2411          for partitions, as in the vast majority of cases they contain none
2412          and are used internally by the bootloader (eg: uboot).
2413
2414        * systemd will now set the $SYSTEMD_EXEC_PID environment variable for
2415          spawned processes to the PID of the process itself. This may be used
2416          by programs for detecting whether they were forked off by the service
2417          manager itself or are a process forked off further down the tree.
2418
2419        * The sd-device API gained four new calls: sd_device_get_action() to
2420          determine the uevent add/remove/change/… action the device object has
2421          been seen for, sd_device_get_seqno() to determine the uevent sequence
2422          number, sd_device_new_from_stat_rdev() to allocate a new sd_device
2423          object from stat(2) data of a device node, and sd_device_trigger() to
2424          write to the 'uevent' attribute of a device.
2425
2426        * For most tools the --no-legend= switch has been replaced by
2427          --legend=no and --legend=yes, to force whether tables are shown with
2428          headers/legends.
2429
2430        * Units acquired a new property "Markers" that takes a list of zero,
2431          one or two of the following strings: "needs-reload" and
2432          "needs-restart". These markers may be set via "systemctl
2433          set-property". Once a marker is set, "systemctl reload-or-restart
2434          --marked" may be invoked to execute the operation the units are
2435          marked for. This is useful for package managers that want to mark
2436          units for restart/reload while updating, but effect the actual
2437          operations at a later step at once.
2438
2439        * The sd_bus_message_read_strv() API call of sd-bus may now also be
2440          used to parse arrays of D-Bus signatures and D-Bus paths, in addition
2441          to regular strings.
2442
2443        * bootctl will now report whether the UEFI firmware used a TPM2 device
2444          and measured the boot process into it.
2445
2446        * systemd-tmpfiles learnt support for a new environment variable
2447          $SYSTEMD_TMPFILES_FORCE_SUBVOL which takes a boolean value. If true
2448          the v/q/Q lines in tmpfiles.d/ snippets will create btrfs subvolumes
2449          even if the root fs of the system is not itself a btrfs volume.
2450
2451        * systemd-detect-virt/ConditionVirtualization= will now explicitly
2452          detect Docker/Podman environments where possible. Moreover, they
2453          should be able to generically detect any container manager as long as
2454          it assigns the container a cgroup.
2455
2456        * portablectl gained a new "reattach" verb for detaching/reattaching a
2457          portable service image, useful for updating images on-the-fly.
2458
2459        * Intel SGX enclave device nodes (which expose a security feature of
2460          newer Intel CPUs) will now be owned by a new system group "sgx".
2461
2462        Contributions from: Adam Nielsen, Adrian Vovk, AJ Jordan, Alan Perry,
2463        Alastair Pharo, Alexander Batischev, Ali Abdallah, Andrew Balmos,
2464        Anita Zhang, Annika Wickert, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Terceiro,
2465        Antonius Frie, Ardy, Arian van Putten, Ariel Fermani, Arnaud T,
2466        A S Alam, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Björn Daase,
2467        caoxia, Carlo Wood, Charles Lee, ChopperRob, chri2, Christian Ehrhardt,
2468        Christian Hesse, Christopher Obbard, clayton craft, corvusnix, cprn,
2469        Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek, Dan Sanders, Dan Streetman,
2470        Darren Ng, David Edmundson, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, Devon Pringle,
2471        Dmitry Borodaenko, dropsignal, Einsler Lee, Endre Szabo,
2472        Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Affolter, Fangrui Song, Felipe Borges,
2473        feliperodriguesfr, Felix Stupp, Florian Hülsmann, Florian Klink,
2474        Florian Westphal, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gablegritule,
2475        Gaël PORTAY, Gaurav, Giedrius Statkevičius, Greg Depoire-Ferrer,
2476        Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede, Hela Basa, heretoenhance, hide,
2477        Iago López Galeiras, igo95862, Ilya Dmitrichenko, Jameer Pathan,
2478        Jan Tojnar, Jiehong, Jinyuan Si, Joerg Behrmann, John Slade,
2479        Jonathan G. Underwood, Jonathan McDowell, Josh Triplett, Joshua Watt,
2480        Julia Cartwright, Julien Humbert, Kairui Song, Karel Zak,
2481        Kevin Backhouse, Kevin P. Fleming, Khem Raj, Konomi, krissgjeng,
2482        l4gfcm, Lajos Veres, Lennart Poettering, Lincoln Ramsay, Luca Boccassi,
2483        Luca BRUNO, Lucas Werkmeister, Luka Kudra, Luna Jernberg,
2484        Marc-André Lureau, Martin Wilck, Matthias Klumpp, Matt Turner,
2485        Michael Gisbers, Michael Marley, Michael Trapp, Michal Fabik,
2486        Michał Kopeć, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michele Guerini Rocco,
2487        Mike Gilbert, milovlad, moson-mo, Nick, nihilix-melix, Oğuz Ersen,
2488        Ondrej Mosnacek, pali, Pavel Hrdina, Pavel Sapezhko, Perry Yuan,
2489        Peter Hutterer, Pierre Dubouilh, Piotr Drąg, Pjotr Vertaalt,
2490        Richard Laager, RussianNeuroMancer, Sam Lunt, Sebastiaan van Stijn,
2491        Sergey Bugaev, shenyangyang4, simmon, Simonas Kazlauskas,
2492        Slimane Selyan Amiri, Stefan Agner, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani,
2493        Sven Mueller, Tad Fisher, Takashi Iwai, Thomas Haller, Tom Shield,
2494        Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich, tpgxyz, Tyler Hicks, ulf-f,
2495        Ulrich Ölmann, Vincent Pelletier, Vinnie Magro, Vito Caputo, Vlad,
2496        walbit-de, Whired Planck, wouter bolsterlee, Xℹ Ruoyao, Yangyang Shen,
2497        Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
2498        Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
2499
2500        — Berlin, 2021-03-30
2501
2502CHANGES WITH 247:
2503
2504        * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILITY: Linux 4.14 introduced two new uevents
2505          "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel
2506          change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle
2507          and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new
2508          uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices
2509          needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a
2510          number of issues which we so far didn't address. We hoped the kernel
2511          maintainers would themselves address these issues in some form, but
2512          that did not happen. To handle them properly, many (if not most) udev
2513          rules files shipped in various packages need updating, and so do many
2514          programs that monitor or enumerate devices with libudev or sd-device,
2515          or otherwise process uevents. Please note that this incompatibility
2516          is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused by an incompatible kernel
2517          change that happened back in Linux 4.14, but is becoming more and
2518          more visible as the new uevents are generated by more kernel drivers.
2519
2520          To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid
2521          them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags"
2522          concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during
2523          enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now
2524          "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not
2525          be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed
2526          (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring
2527          devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents
2528          where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops
2529          being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new
2530          "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept
2531          tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example
2532          udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a
2533          device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are
2534          forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed.
2535
2536          With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary
2537          to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent
2538          uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those
2539          originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same
2540          device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS
2541          has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but
2542          only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database
2543          update. Similarly, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with
2544          new functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the
2545          existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones.
2546
2547          To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.14 and newer it is
2548          essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to
2549          handle the new events. Specifically:
2550
2551          • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to
2552            ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use
2553            ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the
2554            properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or
2555            "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device
2556            types — those for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently
2557            generated, for all other device types this change is still
2558            recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for
2559            future kernel uevent type additions).
2560
2561          • Similarly, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch
2562            discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other
2563            uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add"
2564            or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked
2565            to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering
2566            devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which
2567            invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices
2568            should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually
2569            this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise
2570            effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be
2571            considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors
2572            accessing the device should then be handled gracefully.
2573
2574          • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is
2575            relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new
2576            udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag()
2577            in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set at the
2578            moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing
2579            udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on
2580            the device, following the API concept redefinition explained
2581            above).
2582
2583          We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update
2584          packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that
2585          this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel
2586          behaviour change.
2587
2588        * UPCOMING INCOMPATIBILITY: So far most downstream distribution
2589          packages have not retriggered devices once the udev package (or any
2590          auxiliary package installing additional udev rules) is updated. We
2591          intend to work with major distributions to change this, so that
2592          "udevadm trigger -a change" is issued on such upgrades, ensuring that
2593          the updated ruleset is applied to the devices already discovered, so
2594          that (asynchronously) after the upgrade completed the udev database
2595          is consistent with the updated rule set. This means udev rules must
2596          be ready to be retriggered with a "change" action any time, and
2597          result in correct and complete udev database entries. While the
2598          majority of udev rule files known to us currently get this right,
2599          some don't. Specifically, there are udev rules files included in
2600          various packages that only set udev properties on the "add" action,
2601          but do not handle the "change" action. If a device matching those
2602          rules is retriggered with the "change" action (as is intended here)
2603          it would suddenly lose the relevant properties. This always has been
2604          problematic, but as soon as all udev devices are triggered on relevant
2605          package upgrades this will become particularly so. It is strongly
2606          recommended to fix offending rules so that they can handle a "change"
2607          action at any time, and acquire all necessary udev properties even
2608          then. Or in other words: the header guard mentioned above
2609          (ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end") is the correct approach to handle
2610          this, as it makes sure rules are rerun on "change" correctly, and
2611          accumulate the correct and complete set of udev properties. udev rule
2612          definitions that cannot handle "change" events being triggered at
2613          arbitrary times should be considered buggy.
2614
2615        * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now defaults to on if
2616          RootImage= and RootDirectory= are used, which means that with those
2617          two settings /proc/, /sys/ and /dev/ are automatically properly set
2618          up for services. Previous behaviour may be restored by explicitly
2619          setting MountAPIVFS=off.
2620
2621        * Since PAM 1.2.0 (2015) configuration snippets may be placed in
2622          /usr/lib/pam.d/ in addition to /etc/pam.d/. If a file exists in the
2623          latter it takes precedence over the former, similar to how most of
2624          systemd's own configuration is handled. Given that PAM stack
2625          definitions are primarily put together by OS vendors/distributions
2626          (though possibly overridden by users), this systemd release moves its
2627          own PAM stack configuration for the "systemd-user" PAM service (i.e.
2628          for the PAM session invoked by the per-user user@.service instance)
2629          from /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/. We recommend moving all
2630          packages' vendor versions of their PAM stack definitions from
2631          /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/, but if such OS-wide migration is not
2632          desired the location to which systemd installs its PAM stack
2633          configuration may be changed via the -Dpamconfdir Meson option.
2634
2635        * The runtime dependencies on libqrencode, libpcre2, libidn/libidn2,
2636          libpwquality and libcryptsetup have been changed to be based on
2637          dlopen(): instead of regular dynamic library dependencies declared in
2638          the binary ELF headers, these libraries are now loaded on demand
2639          only, if they are available. If the libraries cannot be found the
2640          relevant operations will fail gracefully, or a suitable fallback
2641          logic is chosen. This is supposed to be useful for general purpose
2642          distributions, as it allows minimizing the list of dependencies the
2643          systemd packages pull in, permitting building of more minimal OS
2644          images, while still making use of these "weak" dependencies should
2645          they be installed. Since many package managers automatically
2646          synthesize package dependencies from ELF shared library dependencies,
2647          some additional manual packaging work has to be done now to replace
2648          those (slightly downgraded from "required" to "recommended" or
2649          whatever is conceptually suitable for the package manager). Note that
2650          this change does not alter build-time behaviour: as before the
2651          build-time dependencies have to be installed during build, even if
2652          they now are optional during runtime.
2653
2654        * sd-event.h gained a new call sd_event_add_time_relative() for
2655          installing timers relative to the current time. This is mostly a
2656          convenience wrapper around the pre-existing sd_event_add_time() call
2657          which installs absolute timers.
2658
2659        * sd-event event sources may now be placed in a new "exit-on-failure"
2660          mode, which may be controlled via the new
2661          sd_event_source_get_exit_on_failure() and
2662          sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure() functions. If enabled, any
2663          failure returned by the event source handler functions will result in
2664          exiting the event loop (unlike the default behaviour of just
2665          disabling the event source but continuing with the event loop). This
2666          feature is useful to set for all event sources that define "primary"
2667          program behaviour (where failure should be fatal) in contrast to
2668          "auxiliary" behaviour (where failure should remain local).
2669
2670        * Most event source types sd-event supports now accept a NULL handler
2671          function, in which case the event loop is exited once the event
2672          source is to be dispatched, using the userdata pointer — converted to
2673          a signed integer — as exit code of the event loop. Previously this
2674          was supported for IO and signal event sources already. Exit event
2675          sources still do not support this (simply because it makes little
2676          sense there, as the event loop is already exiting when they are
2677          dispatched).
2678
2679        * A new per-unit setting RootImageOptions= has been added which allows
2680          tweaking the mount options for any file system mounted as effect of
2681          the RootImage= setting.
2682
2683        * Another new per-unit setting MountImages= has been added, that allows
2684          mounting additional disk images into the file system tree accessible
2685          to the service.
2686
2687        * Timer units gained a new FixedRandomDelay= boolean setting. If
2688          enabled, the random delay configured with RandomizedDelaySec= is
2689          selected in a way that is stable on a given system (though still
2690          different for different units).
2691
2692        * Socket units gained a new setting Timestamping= that takes "us", "ns"
2693          or "off". This controls the SO_TIMESTAMP/SO_TIMESTAMPNS socket
2694          options.
2695
2696        * systemd-repart now generates JSON output when requested with the new
2697          --json= switch.
2698
2699        * systemd-machined's OpenMachineShell() bus call will now pass
2700          additional policy metadata data fields to the PolicyKit
2701          authentication request.
2702
2703        * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new -E switch, which is equivalent to
2704          --exclude-prefix=/dev --exclude-prefix=/proc --exclude=/run
2705          --exclude=/sys. It's particularly useful in combination with --root=,
2706          when operating on OS trees that do not have any of these four runtime
2707          directories mounted, as this means no files below these subtrees are
2708          created or modified, since those mount points should probably remain
2709          empty.
2710
2711        * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --image= switch which is like --root=,
2712          but takes a disk image instead of a directory as argument. The
2713          specified disk image is mounted inside a temporary mount namespace
2714          and the tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins stored in the image are executed and
2715          applied to the image. systemd-sysusers similarly gained a new
2716          --image= switch, that allows the sysusers.d/ drop-ins stored in the
2717          image to be applied onto the image.
2718
2719        * Similarly, the journalctl command also gained an --image= switch,
2720          which is a quick one-step solution to look at the log data included
2721          in OS disk images.
2722
2723        * journalctl's --output=cat option (which outputs the log content
2724          without any metadata, just the pure text messages) will now make use
2725          of terminal colors when run on a suitable terminal, similarly to the
2726          other output modes.
2727
2728        * JSON group records now support a "description" string that may be
2729          used to add a human-readable textual description to such groups. This
2730          is supposed to match the user's GECOS field which traditionally
2731          didn't have a counterpart for group records.
2732
2733        * The "systemd-dissect" tool that may be used to inspect OS disk images
2734          and that was previously installed to /usr/lib/systemd/ has now been
2735          moved to /usr/bin/, reflecting its updated status of an officially
2736          supported tool with a stable interface. It gained support for a new
2737          --mkdir switch which when combined with --mount has the effect of
2738          creating the directory to mount the image to if it is missing
2739          first. It also gained two new commands --copy-from and --copy-to for
2740          copying files and directories in and out of an OS image without the
2741          need to manually mount it. It also acquired support for a new option
2742          --json= to generate JSON output when inspecting an OS image.
2743
2744        * The cgroup2 file system is now mounted with the
2745          "memory_recursiveprot" mount option, supported since kernel 5.7. This
2746          means that the MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= unit file settings now apply
2747          recursively to whole subtrees.
2748
2749        * systemd-homed now defaults to using the btrfs file system — if
2750          available — when creating home directories in LUKS volumes. This may
2751          be changed with the DefaultFileSystemType= setting in homed.conf.
2752          It's now the default file system in various major distributions and
2753          has the major benefit for homed that it can be grown and shrunk while
2754          mounted, unlike the other contenders ext4 and xfs, which can both be
2755          grown online, but not shrunk (in fact xfs is the technically most
2756          limited option here, as it cannot be shrunk at all).
2757
2758        * JSON user records managed by systemd-homed gained support for
2759          "recovery keys". These are basically secondary passphrases that can
2760          unlock user accounts/home directories. They are computer-generated
2761          rather than user-chosen, and typically have greater entropy.
2762          homectl's --recovery-key= option may be used to add a recovery key to
2763          a user account. The generated recovery key is displayed as a QR code,
2764          so that it can be scanned to be kept in a safe place. This feature is
2765          particularly useful in combination with systemd-homed's support for
2766          FIDO2 or PKCS#11 authentication, as a secure fallback in case the
2767          security tokens are lost. Recovery keys may be entered wherever the
2768          system asks for a password.
2769
2770        * systemd-homed now maintains a "dirty" flag for each LUKS encrypted
2771          home directory which indicates that a home directory has not been
2772          deactivated cleanly when offline. This flag is useful to identify
2773          home directories for which the offline discard logic did not run when
2774          offlining, and where it would be a good idea to log in again to catch
2775          up.
2776
2777        * systemctl gained a new parameter --timestamp= which may be used to
2778          change the style in which timestamps are output, i.e. whether to show
2779          them in local timezone or UTC, or whether to show µs granularity.
2780
2781        * Alibaba's "pouch" container manager is now detected by
2782          systemd-detect-virt, ConditionVirtualization= and similar
2783          constructs. Similar, they now also recognize IBM PowerVM machine
2784          virtualization.
2785
2786        * systemd-nspawn has been reworked to use the /run/host/incoming/ as
2787          place to use for propagating external mounts into the
2788          container. Similarly /run/host/notify is now used as the socket path
2789          for container payloads to communicate with the container manager
2790          using sd_notify(). The container manager now uses the
2791          /run/host/inaccessible/ directory to place "inaccessible" file nodes
2792          of all relevant types which may be used by the container payload as
2793          bind mount source to over-mount inodes to make them inaccessible.
2794          /run/host/container-manager will now be initialized with the same
2795          string as the $container environment variable passed to the
2796          container's PID 1. /run/host/container-uuid will be initialized with
2797          the same string as $container_uuid. This means the /run/host/
2798          hierarchy is now the primary way to make host resources available to
2799          the container. The Container Interface documents these new files and
2800          directories:
2801
2802          https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE
2803
2804        * Support for the "ConditionNull=" unit file condition has been
2805          deprecated and undocumented for 6 years. systemd started to warn
2806          about its use 1.5 years ago. It has now been removed entirely.
2807
2808        * sd-bus.h gained a new API call sd_bus_error_has_names(), which takes
2809          a sd_bus_error struct and a list of error names, and checks if the
2810          error matches one of these names. It's a convenience wrapper that is
2811          useful in cases where multiple errors shall be handled the same way.
2812
2813        * A new system call filter list "@known" has been added, that contains
2814          all system calls known at the time systemd was built.
2815
2816        * Behaviour of system call filter allow lists has changed slightly:
2817          system calls that are contained in @known will result in EPERM by
2818          default, while those not contained in it result in ENOSYS. This
2819          should improve compatibility because known system calls will thus be
2820          communicated as prohibited, while unknown (and thus newer ones) will
2821          be communicated as not implemented, which hopefully has the greatest
2822          chance of triggering the right fallback code paths in client
2823          applications.
2824
2825        * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now show two separate sections
2826          at the bottom of the output: system calls known during systemd build
2827          time but not included in any of the filter groups shown above, and
2828          system calls defined on the local kernel but known during systemd
2829          build time.
2830
2831        * If the $SYSTEMD_LOG_SECCOMP=1 environment variable is set for
2832          systemd-nspawn all system call filter violations will be logged by
2833          the kernel (audit). This is useful for tracking down system calls
2834          invoked by container payloads that are prohibited by the container's
2835          system call filter policy.
2836
2837        * If the $SYSTEMD_SECCOMP=0 environment variable is set for
2838          systemd-nspawn (and other programs that use seccomp) all seccomp
2839          filtering is turned off.
2840
2841        * Two new unit file settings ProtectProc= and ProcSubset= have been
2842          added that expose the hidepid= and subset= mount options of procfs.
2843          All processes of the unit will only see processes in /proc that are
2844          are owned by the unit's user. This is an important new sandboxing
2845          option that is recommended to be set on all system services. All
2846          long-running system services that are included in systemd itself set
2847          this option now. This option is only supported on kernel 5.8 and
2848          above, since the hidepid= option supported on older kernels was not a
2849          per-mount option but actually applied to the whole PID namespace.
2850
2851        * Socket units gained a new boolean setting FlushPending=. If enabled
2852          all pending socket data/connections are flushed whenever the socket
2853          unit enters the "listening" state, i.e. after the associated service
2854          exited.
2855
2856        * The unit file setting NUMAMask= gained a new "all" value: when used,
2857          all existing NUMA nodes are added to the NUMA mask.
2858
2859        * A new "credentials" logic has been added to system services. This is
2860          a simple mechanism to pass privileged data to services in a safe and
2861          secure way. It's supposed to be used to pass per-service secret data
2862          such as passwords or cryptographic keys but also associated less
2863          private information such as user names, certificates, and similar to
2864          system services. Each credential is identified by a short user-chosen
2865          name and may contain arbitrary binary data. Two new unit file
2866          settings have been added: SetCredential= and LoadCredential=. The
2867          former allows setting a credential to a literal string, the latter
2868          sets a credential to the contents of a file (or data read from a
2869          user-chosen AF_UNIX stream socket). Credentials are passed to the
2870          service via a special credentials directory, one file for each
2871          credential. The path to the credentials directory is passed in a new
2872          $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY environment variable. Since the credentials
2873          are passed in the file system they may be easily referenced in
2874          ExecStart= command lines too, thus no explicit support for the
2875          credentials logic in daemons is required (though ideally daemons
2876          would look for the bits they need in $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY
2877          themselves automatically, if set). The $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY is
2878          backed by unswappable memory if privileges allow it, immutable if
2879          privileges allow it, is accessible only to the service's UID, and is
2880          automatically destroyed when the service stops.
2881
2882        * systemd-nspawn supports the same credentials logic. It can both
2883          consume credentials passed to it via the aforementioned
2884          $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY protocol as well as pass these credentials on
2885          to its payload. The service manager/PID 1 has been updated to match
2886          this: it can also accept credentials from the container manager that
2887          invokes it (in fact: any process that invokes it), and passes them on
2888          to its services. Thus, credentials can be propagated recursively down
2889          the tree: from a system's service manager to a systemd-nspawn
2890          service, to the service manager that runs as container payload and to
2891          the service it runs below. Credentials may also be added on the
2892          systemd-nspawn command line, using new --set-credential= and
2893          --load-credential= command line switches that match the
2894          aforementioned service settings.
2895
2896        * systemd-repart gained new settings Format=, Encrypt=, CopyFiles= in
2897          the partition drop-ins which may be used to format/LUKS
2898          encrypt/populate any created partitions. The partitions are
2899          encrypted/formatted/populated before they are registered in the
2900          partition table, so that they appear atomically: either the
2901          partitions do not exist yet or they exist fully encrypted, formatted,
2902          and populated — there is no time window where they are
2903          "half-initialized". Thus the system is robust to abrupt shutdown: if
2904          the tool is terminated half-way during its operations on next boot it
2905          will start from the beginning.
2906
2907        * systemd-repart's --size= operation gained a new "auto" value. If
2908          specified, and operating on a loopback file it is automatically sized
2909          to the minimal size the size constraints permit. This is useful to
2910          use "systemd-repart" as an image builder for minimally sized images.
2911
2912        * systemd-resolved now gained a third IPC interface for requesting name
2913          resolution: besides D-Bus and local DNS to 127.0.0.53 a Varlink
2914          interface is now supported. The nss-resolve NSS module has been
2915          modified to use this new interface instead of D-Bus. Using Varlink
2916          has a major benefit over D-Bus: it works without a broker service,
2917          and thus already during earliest boot, before the dbus daemon has
2918          been started. This means name resolution via systemd-resolved now
2919          works at the same time systemd-networkd operates: from earliest boot
2920          on, including in the initrd.
2921
2922        * systemd-resolved gained support for a new DNSStubListenerExtra=
2923          configuration file setting which may be used to specify additional IP
2924          addresses the built-in DNS stub shall listen on, in addition to the
2925          main one on 127.0.0.53:53.
2926
2927        * Name lookups issued via systemd-resolved's D-Bus and Varlink
2928          interfaces (and thus also via glibc NSS if nss-resolve is used) will
2929          now honour a trailing dot in the hostname: if specified the search
2930          path logic is turned off. Thus "resolvectl query foo." is now
2931          equivalent to "resolvectl query --search=off foo.".
2932
2933        * systemd-resolved gained a new D-Bus property "ResolvConfMode" that
2934          exposes how /etc/resolv.conf is currently managed: by resolved (and
2935          in which mode if so) or another subsystem. "resolvctl" will display
2936          this property in its status output.
2937
2938        * The resolv.conf snippets systemd-resolved provides will now set "."
2939          as the search domain if no other search domain is known. This turns
2940          off the derivation of an implicit search domain by nss-dns for the
2941          hostname, when the hostname is set to an FQDN. This change is done to
2942          make nss-dns using resolv.conf provided by systemd-resolved behave
2943          more similarly to nss-resolve.
2944
2945        * systemd-tmpfiles' file "aging" logic (i.e. the automatic clean-up of
2946          /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ based on file timestamps) now looks at the
2947          "birth" time (btime) of a file in addition to the atime, mtime, and
2948          ctime.
2949
2950        * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "capability" that lists all known
2951          capabilities by the systemd build and by the kernel.
2952
2953        * If a file /usr/lib/clock-epoch exists, PID 1 will read its mtime and
2954          advance the system clock to it at boot if it is noticed to be before
2955          that time. Previously, PID 1 would only advance the time to an epoch
2956          time that is set during build-time. With this new file OS builders
2957          can change this epoch timestamp on individual OS images without
2958          having to rebuild systemd.
2959
2960        * systemd-logind will now listen to the KEY_RESTART key from the Linux
2961          input layer and reboot the system if it is pressed, similarly to how
2962          it already handles KEY_POWER, KEY_SUSPEND or KEY_SLEEP. KEY_RESTART
2963          was originally defined in the Multimedia context (to restart playback
2964          of a song or film), but is now primarily used in various embedded
2965          devices for "Reboot" buttons. Accordingly, systemd-logind will now
2966          honour it as such. This may configured in more detail via the new
2967          HandleRebootKey= and RebootKeyIgnoreInhibited=.
2968
2969        * systemd-nspawn/systemd-machined will now reconstruct hardlinks when
2970          copying OS trees, for example in "systemd-nspawn --ephemeral",
2971          "systemd-nspawn --template=", "machinectl clone" and similar. This is
2972          useful when operating with OSTree images, which use hardlinks heavily
2973          throughout, and where such copies previously resulting in "exploding"
2974          hardlinks.
2975
2976        * systemd-nspawn's --console= setting gained support for a new
2977          "autopipe" value, which is identical to "interactive" when invoked on
2978          a TTY, and "pipe" otherwise.
2979
2980        * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for explicitly
2981          configuring the multicast membership entries of bridge devices in the
2982          [BridgeMDB] section. It also gained support for the PIE queuing
2983          discipline in the [FlowQueuePIE] sections.
2984
2985        * systemd-networkd's .netdev files may now be used to create "BareUDP"
2986          tunnels, configured in the new [BareUDP] setting.
2987
2988        * systemd-networkd's Gateway= setting in .network files now accepts the
2989          special values "_dhcp4" and "_ipv6ra" to configure additional,
2990          locally defined, explicit routes to the gateway acquired via DHCP or
2991          IPv6 Router Advertisements. The old setting "_dhcp" is deprecated,
2992          but still accepted for backwards compatibility.
2993
2994        * systemd-networkd's [IPv6PrefixDelegation] section and
2995          IPv6PrefixDelegation= options have been renamed as [IPv6SendRA] and
2996          IPv6SendRA= (the old names are still accepted for backwards
2997          compatibility).
2998
2999        * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the DHCPv6PrefixDelegation=
3000          boolean setting in [Network] section. If enabled, the delegated prefix
3001          gained by another link will be configured, and an address within the
3002          prefix will be assigned.
3003
3004        * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the Announce= boolean setting
3005          in [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section. When enabled, the delegated
3006          prefix will be announced through IPv6 router advertisement (IPv6 RA).
3007          The setting is enabled by default.
3008
3009        * VXLAN tunnels may now be marked as independent of any underlying
3010          network interface via the new Independent= boolean setting.
3011
3012        * systemctl gained support for two new verbs: "service-log-level" and
3013          "service-log-target" may be used on services that implement the
3014          generic org.freedesktop.LogControl1 D-Bus interface to dynamically
3015          adjust the log level and target. All of systemd's long-running
3016          services support this now, but ideally all system services would
3017          implement this interface to make the system more uniformly
3018          debuggable.
3019
3020        * The SystemCallErrorNumber= unit file setting now accepts the new
3021          "kill" and "log" actions, in addition to arbitrary error number
3022          specifications as before. If "kill" the processes are killed on the
3023          event, if "log" the offending system call is audit logged.
3024
3025        * A new SystemCallLog= unit file setting has been added that accepts a
3026          list of system calls that shall be logged about (audit).
3027
3028        * The OS image dissection logic (as used by RootImage= in unit files or
3029          systemd-nspawn's --image= switch) has gained support for identifying
3030          and mounting explicit /usr/ partitions, which are now defined in the
3031          discoverable partition specification. This should be useful for
3032          environments where the root file system is
3033          generated/formatted/populated dynamically on first boot and combined
3034          with an immutable /usr/ tree that is supplied by the vendor.
3035
3036        * In the final phase of shutdown, within the systemd-shutdown binary
3037          we'll now try to detach MD devices (i.e software RAID) in addition to
3038          loopback block devices and DM devices as before. This is supposed to
3039          be a safety net only, in order to increase robustness if things go
3040          wrong. Storage subsystems are expected to properly detach their
3041          storage volumes during regular shutdown already (or in case of
3042          storage backing the root file system: in the initrd hook we return to
3043          later).
3044
3045        * If the SYSTEMD_LOG_TID environment variable is set all systemd tools
3046          will now log the thread ID in their log output. This is useful when
3047          working with heavily threaded programs.
3048
3049        * If the SYSTEMD_RDRAND environment variable is set to "0", systemd will
3050          not use the RDRAND CPU instruction. This is useful in environments
3051          such as replay debuggers where non-deterministic behaviour is not
3052          desirable.
3053
3054        * The autopaging logic in systemd's various tools (such as systemctl)
3055          has been updated to turn on "secure" mode in "less"
3056          (i.e. $LESSECURE=1) if execution in a "sudo" environment is
3057          detected. This disables invoking external programs from the pager,
3058          via the pipe logic. This behaviour may be overridden via the new
3059          $SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE environment variable.
3060
3061        * Units which have resource limits (.service, .mount, .swap, .slice,
3062          .socket, and .slice) gained new configuration settings
3063          ManagedOOMSwap=, ManagedOOMMemoryPressure=, and
3064          ManagedOOMMemoryPressureLimitPercent= that specify resource pressure
3065          limits and optional action taken by systemd-oomd.
3066
3067        * A new service systemd-oomd has been added. It monitors resource
3068          contention for selected parts of the unit hierarchy using the PSI
3069          information reported by the kernel, and kills processes when memory
3070          or swap pressure is above configured limits. This service is only
3071          enabled by default in developer mode (see below) and should be
3072          considered a preview in this release. Behaviour details and option
3073          names are subject to change without the usual backwards-compatibility
3074          promises.
3075
3076        * A new helper oomctl has been added to introspect systemd-oomd state.
3077          It is only enabled by default in developer mode and should be
3078          considered a preview without the usual backwards-compatibility
3079          promises.
3080
3081        * New meson option -Dcompat-mutable-uid-boundaries= has been added. If
3082          enabled, systemd reads the system UID boundaries from /etc/login.defs
3083          at runtime, instead of using the built-in values selected during
3084          build. This is an option to improve compatibility for upgrades from
3085          old systems. It's strongly recommended not to make use of this
3086          functionality on new systems (or even enable it during build), as it
3087          makes something runtime-configurable that is mostly an implementation
3088          detail of the OS, and permits avoidable differences in deployments
3089          that create all kinds of problems in the long run.
3090
3091        * New meson option '-Dmode=developer|release' has been added. When
3092          'developer', additional checks and features are enabled that are
3093          relevant during upstream development, e.g. verification that
3094          semi-automatically-generated documentation has been properly updated
3095          following API changes. Those checks are considered hints for
3096          developers and are not actionable in downstream builds. In addition,
3097          extra features that are not ready for general consumption may be
3098          enabled in developer mode. It is thus recommended to set
3099          '-Dmode=release' in end-user and distro builds.
3100
3101        * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for processing detached LUKS
3102          headers specified on the kernel command line via the header=
3103          parameter of the luks.options= kernel command line option. The same
3104          device/path syntax as for key files is supported for header files
3105          like this.
3106
3107        * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated to ignore ACPI _SUN
3108          slot index data for devices that are connected through a PCI bridge
3109          where the _SUN index is associated with the bridge instead of the
3110          network device itself. Previously this would create ambiguous device
3111          naming if multiple network interfaces were connected to the same PCI
3112          bridge. Since this is a naming scheme incompatibility on systems that
3113          possess hardware like this it has been introduced as new naming
3114          scheme "v247". The previous scheme can be selected via the
3115          "net.naming-scheme=v245" kernel command line parameter.
3116
3117        * ConditionFirstBoot= semantics have been modified to be safe towards
3118          abnormal system power-off during first boot. Specifically, the
3119          "systemd-machine-id-commit.service" service now acts as boot
3120          milestone indicating when the first boot process is sufficiently
3121          complete in order to not consider the next following boot also a
3122          first boot. If the system is reset before this unit is reached the
3123          first time, the next boot will still be considered a first boot; once
3124          it has been reached, no further boots will be considered a first
3125          boot. The "first-boot-complete.target" unit now acts as official hook
3126          point to order against this. If a service shall be run on every boot
3127          until the first boot fully succeeds it may thus be ordered before
3128          this target unit (and pull it in) and carry ConditionFirstBoot=
3129          appropriately.
3130
3131        * bootctl's set-default and set-oneshot commands now accept the three
3132          special strings "@default", "@oneshot", "@current" in place of a boot
3133          entry id. These strings are resolved to the current default and
3134          oneshot boot loader entry, as well as the currently booted one. Thus
3135          a command "bootctl set-default @current" may be used to make the
3136          currently boot menu item the new default for all subsequent boots.
3137
3138        * "systemctl edit" has been updated to show the original effective unit
3139          contents in commented form in the text editor.
3140
3141        * Units in user mode are now segregated into three new slices:
3142          session.slice (units that form the core of graphical session),
3143          app.slice ("normal" user applications), and background.slice
3144          (low-priority tasks). Unless otherwise configured, user units are
3145          placed in app.slice. The plan is to add resource limits and
3146          protections for the different slices in the future.
3147
3148        * New GPT partition types for RISCV32/64 for the root and /usr
3149          partitions, and their associated Verity partitions have been defined,
3150          and are now understood by systemd-gpt-auto-generator, and the OS
3151          image dissection logic.
3152
3153        Contributions from: Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, afg, Alec Moskvin, Alyssa
3154        Ross, Amitanand Chikorde, Andrew Hangsleben, Anita Zhang, Ansgar
3155        Burchardt, Arian van Putten, Aurelien Jarno, Axel Rasmussen, bauen1,
3156        Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Bjørn Mork, brainrom, Chandradeep
3157        Dey, Charles Lee, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christof Efkemann,
3158        Christoph Ruegge, Clemens Gruber, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel
3159        Mack, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov,
3160        Dmitry Borodaenko, Elias Probst, Elisei Roca, ErrantSpore, Etienne
3161        Doms, Fabrice Fontaine, fangxiuning, Felix Riemann, Florian Klink,
3162        Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, fwSmit, George Rawlinson, germanztz,
3163        Gibeom Gwon, Glen Whitney, Gogo Gogsi, Göran Uddeborg, Grant Mathews,
3164        Hans de Goede, Hans Ulrich Niedermann, Haochen Tong, Harald Seiler,
3165        huangyong, Hubert Kario, igo95862, Ikey Doherty, Insun Pyo, Jan Chren,
3166        Jan Schlüter, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jian-Hong Pan, Joerg Behrmann, Jonathan
3167        Lebon, Jörg Thalheim, Josh Brobst, Juergen Hoetzel, Julien Humbert,
3168        Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Kairui Song, Kamil Dudka, Kir Kolyshkin, Kristijan
3169        Gjoshev, Kyle Huey, Kyle Russell, Lee Whalen, Lennart Poettering,
3170        lichangze, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Weiss, Marc
3171        Kleine-Budde, Marco Wang, Martin Wilck, Marti Raudsepp, masmullin2000,
3172        Máté Pozsgay, Matt Fenwick, Michael Biebl, Michael Scherer, Michal
3173        Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mikael Szreder, Milo
3174        Casagrande, mirabilos, Mitsuha_QuQ, mog422, Muhammet Kara, Nazar
3175        Vinnichuk, Nicholas Narsing, Nicolas Fella, Njibhu, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
3176        Olivier Le Moal, Ondrej Kozina, onlybugreports, Pass Automated Testing
3177        Suite, Pat Coulthard, Pavel Sapezhko, Pedro Ruiz, perry_yuan, Peter
3178        Hutterer, Phaedrus Leeds, PhoenixDiscord, Piotr Drąg, Plan C,
3179        Purushottam choudhary, Rasmus Villemoes, Renaud Métrich, Robert Marko,
3180        Roman Beranek, Ronan Pigott, Roy Chen (陳彥廷), RussianNeuroMancer,
3181        Samanta Navarro, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sorin Ionescu, Steve Dodd,
3182        Susant Sahani, Timo Rothenpieler, Tobias Hunger, Tobias Kaufmann, Topi
3183        Miettinen, vanou, Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wen Yang, Whired Planck,
3184        williamvds, Yu, Li-Yu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3185        Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
3186
3187        – Warsaw, 2020-11-26
3188
3189CHANGES WITH 246:
3190
3191        * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
3192          can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
3193          freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
3194
3195        * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
3196          /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
3197
3198        * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
3199          special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
3200          based on the NUMA mask.
3201
3202        * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
3203          unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
3204          KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
3205
3206        * Two new unit file settings
3207          ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
3208          added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
3209          resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
3210          (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
3211
3212        * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
3213          has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
3214          is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
3215          container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
3216          instance).
3217
3218        * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
3219          allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
3220          service's processes shall include.
3221
3222        * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
3223          it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
3224          in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
3225          available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
3226
3227        * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
3228          enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
3229          packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
3230          the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
3231          depending on socket type.
3232
3233        * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
3234          specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
3235          specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
3236          the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
3237          only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
3238          into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
3239          Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
3240          gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
3241          the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
3242          doesn't contain the verity data itself.
3243
3244        * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
3245          either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
3246          with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
3247          allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
3248          the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
3249          (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
3250          systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
3251          this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
3252
3253        * .service unit files gained two new options
3254          TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
3255          tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
3256          terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
3257
3258        * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
3259          0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
3260          notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
3261          prefix is used.
3262
3263        * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
3264          configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
3265          AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
3266          connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
3267          it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
3268          file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
3269          certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
3270          storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
3271          Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
3272          systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
3273          key/certificate parameters support this now.
3274
3275        * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
3276          configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
3277          specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
3278          resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
3279          the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
3280          the kernel truncated at the first dot.
3281
3282        * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
3283          concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
3284          its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
3285          finally gone now.
3286
3287        * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
3288          the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
3289          from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
3290          and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
3291
3292        * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
3293          message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
3294          accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
3295          of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
3296          locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
3297          namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
3298          read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
3299          which is quite likely a major security problem.
3300
3301        * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
3302          and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
3303          /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
3304          that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
3305          in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
3306
3307        * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
3308          now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
3309          provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
3310          removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
3311          (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
3312
3313        * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
3314          that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
3315          boot.
3316
3317        * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
3318          added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
3319          immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
3320          making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
3321          on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
3322          device.
3323
3324        * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
3325          added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
3326          devices listed in /etc/fstab.
3327
3328        * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
3329          systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
3330          result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
3331          conditions.
3332
3333        * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
3334          that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
3335          since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
3336          in order to make test cases more reliable.
3337
3338        * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
3339          systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
3340          the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
3341          the process that faulted.
3342
3343        * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
3344          now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
3345          generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
3346
3347        * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
3348          devices that were tested to correctly support it. Previously, this
3349          was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
3350          by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
3351          if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
3352
3353          As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
3354          maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
3355          supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
3356          default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
3357          /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
3358
3359        * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
3360          as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
3361          The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
3362          daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
3363          to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
3364
3365        * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
3366          TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
3367          order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
3368          RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
3369          frame ring buffer sizes.
3370
3371        * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
3372          enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
3373
3374        * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
3375          [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
3376
3377        * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
3378          new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
3379          automatically assigned to the interface.
3380
3381        * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
3382          controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
3383          has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
3384          SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
3385          systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
3386          Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
3387          delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
3388          interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
3389          mode for Assign=.
3390
3391        * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
3392          IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
3393          source addresses.
3394
3395        * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
3396          discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
3397          [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
3398          be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
3399          [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
3400          in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
3401          [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
3402          "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
3403          in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
3404          "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
3405
3406        * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
3407          [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
3408          gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
3409          listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
3410          (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
3411          traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
3412          been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
3413
3414        * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
3415          When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
3416          Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
3417          or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
3418          DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
3419          the RA packets suggest it.
3420
3421        * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
3422          which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
3423          by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
3424          used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
3425
3426        * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
3427          setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
3428          options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
3429          gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
3430          options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
3431          from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
3432          field.
3433
3434        * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
3435          EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
3436          information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
3437          gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
3438          Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
3439          stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
3440
3441        * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
3442          mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
3443
3444        * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
3445          VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
3446          the VLAN protocol to use.
3447
3448        * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
3449          of the .network files, to control the link group.
3450
3451        * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
3452          IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
3453          link local address is generated.
3454
3455        * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
3456          devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
3457          have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
3458          supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
3459          interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
3460          carefully picking an interface name to use.
3461
3462        * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
3463          which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
3464
3465        * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
3466          which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
3467
3468        * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
3469          [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
3470          are still understood to provide compatibility.
3471
3472        * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
3473          server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
3474          will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
3475          interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
3476          interfaces up or down.
3477
3478        * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
3479          port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
3480          name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
3481          the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
3482          interface may be specified (after "%").
3483
3484        * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
3485          This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
3486          public DNS servers are not used.
3487
3488        * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
3489
3490        * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
3491          supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
3492          like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
3493          file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
3494          propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
3495          defined by systemd-resolved).
3496
3497        * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
3498          their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
3499          the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
3500
3501        * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
3502          --property=…".
3503
3504        * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
3505          their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
3506          use --plain.
3507
3508        * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
3509          The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
3510          being deprecated in favor of this option.
3511
3512        * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
3513          unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
3514          process itself.
3515
3516        * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
3517          in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
3518          against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
3519          that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
3520          with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
3521          environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
3522          new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
3523          journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
3524          implementations.
3525
3526        * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
3527          each log message for which an URL with further documentation is
3528          known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
3529          clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
3530          "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
3531          unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
3532          either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
3533          associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
3534          MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
3535
3536        * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
3537          control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
3538          initialization.
3539
3540        * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
3541          because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
3542          generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
3543
3544        * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
3545          fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
3546          MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
3547          without any decoration.
3548
3549        * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
3550          sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
3551          sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
3552          counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
3553          that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
3554          (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
3555
3556        * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
3557          journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
3558          coredump data from.
3559
3560        * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
3561          the zstd algorithm.
3562
3563        * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
3564          registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
3565          shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
3566          not block clean file system unmounting.
3567
3568        * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
3569          "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
3570          systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
3571
3572        * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
3573          SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
3574          allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
3575          graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
3576
3577        * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
3578          configuring an exit-on-idle time.
3579
3580        * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
3581          specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
3582          specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
3583          option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
3584          order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
3585          two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
3586          instead of operating on actual block devices.
3587
3588        * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
3589          the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
3590
3591        * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
3592          instead of 0.
3593
3594        * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
3595          specifier expansion.
3596
3597        * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
3598          system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
3599          by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
3600          logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
3601          controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
3602
3603        * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
3604          now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
3605          LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
3606          storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
3607          the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
3608
3609        * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
3610          security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
3611          to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
3612          support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
3613          interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
3614          --fido2-device= option.
3615
3616        * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
3617          if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
3618          is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
3619          unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
3620          suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
3621          --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
3622          automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
3623
3624        * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
3625          selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
3626          changed from ext2 to ext4.
3627
3628        * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
3629          key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
3630          volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
3631          file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
3632          before the system continues to boot.
3633
3634        * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
3635          specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
3636          unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
3637          installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
3638          instead of at installation time.
3639
3640        * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
3641          volumes with automatically from files in
3642          /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
3643          /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
3644
3645        * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
3646          /etc/crypttab, during boot.
3647
3648        * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
3649          control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
3650          instance.
3651
3652        * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
3653          generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
3654          may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
3655          started automatically as part of the desktop session.
3656
3657        * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
3658          to query and change the firmware's 'reboot into firmware' setup flag.
3659
3660        * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
3661          be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
3662          also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
3663          --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
3664          argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
3665          any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
3666          may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
3667          --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
3668          the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
3669          will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
3670          incremental).
3671
3672        * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
3673          similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
3674          which it then operates.
3675
3676        * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
3677          simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
3678          directories for various resources.
3679
3680        * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
3681          API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
3682          messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
3683          to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
3684          time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
3685          making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
3686          now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
3687          via the new --no-block switch.
3688
3689        * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
3690          track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
3691          may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
3692          poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
3693          parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
3694          POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
3695          case.
3696
3697        * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
3698          SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
3699          boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
3700          effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
3701
3702        * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
3703          va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
3704          sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
3705          it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
3706          to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
3707
3708        * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
3709          flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
3710          is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
3711          as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
3712          vtable is associated with.
3713
3714        * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
3715          sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
3716          sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
3717          validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
3718
3719        * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
3720          SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
3721          that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
3722
3723        * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
3724
3725        * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
3726          document the methods, signals and properties.
3727
3728        * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
3729          detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
3730          converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
3731          documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
3732          desktops has been added:
3733
3734              https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
3735              https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
3736              https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
3737
3738        * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
3739          and has now moved to:
3740
3741              https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
3742
3743        * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
3744          has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
3745          select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
3746          payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
3747          container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
3748          standardized way to expose information about the host to the
3749          container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
3750
3751        * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
3752          LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
3753          target of the service during runtime.
3754
3755        * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
3756          dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
3757          distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
3758
3759        Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
3760        Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
3761        Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
3762        antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
3763        Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
3764        Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
3765        Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
3766        codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
3767        Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
3768        Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
3769        John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
3770        Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3771        ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
3772        Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
3773        Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
3774        Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
3775        Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
3776        Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
3777        Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
3778        Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
3779        Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
3780        Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
3781        Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
3782        S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
3783        Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
3784        Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
3785        Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
3786        Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
3787        nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
3788        Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
3789        Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
3790        Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
3791        Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
3792        Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
3793        Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
3794        Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
3795        Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3796        Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
3797
3798        – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
3799
3800CHANGES WITH 245:
3801
3802        * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
3803          idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
3804          Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
3805          configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
3806          table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
3807          partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
3808          and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
3809          i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
3810          grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
3811          form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
3812          block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
3813          the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
3814          swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
3815          used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
3816          just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
3817          primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
3818          transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
3819          transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
3820          the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
3821          configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
3822          configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
3823
3824        * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
3825          "systemd-userdbd.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
3826          allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
3827          extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
3828          structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
3829          process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
3830          pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
3831          allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
3832          parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
3833          user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
3834          such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
3835          produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
3836          eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
3837          that for the first time resource management and various other
3838          per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
3839          provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
3840          to apply on login. For further details see:
3841
3842          https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
3843          https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
3844          https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
3845
3846        * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
3847          used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
3848          The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
3849          thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
3850          back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
3851          and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
3852          problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
3853          particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
3854          this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
3855
3856          https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
3857
3858          For further details about the format and expectations on home
3859          directories this new daemon makes, see:
3860
3861          https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
3862
3863        * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
3864          instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
3865          systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
3866          log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
3867          unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
3868          taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
3869          log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
3870          independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
3871          performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
3872          losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
3873          separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
3874          usage limitations and other settings.
3875
3876          journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
3877          specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
3878          sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
3879          log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
3880          idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
3881          log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
3882          demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
3883          resource usage.
3884
3885        * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
3886          will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
3887
3888        * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
3889          into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
3890          make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
3891          only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
3892          the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
3893
3894        * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
3895          understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
3896          /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
3897          itself and the default for all other processes.
3898
3899        * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
3900          equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
3901          sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
3902          database into account.
3903
3904        * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
3905          "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
3906          "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
3907          and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
3908
3909        * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
3910          concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
3911          instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
3912          process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
3913          components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
3914          watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
3915          to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
3916          requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
3917          processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
3918          together nicely with pidfds yet.)
3919
3920        * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
3921          sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
3922          watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
3923          marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
3924          event source watching it is freed).
3925
3926        * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
3927          (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
3928          support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
3929          Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
3930
3931        * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
3932          (IFB) network devices.
3933
3934        * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
3935          using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
3936
3937        * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
3938          SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
3939          after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
3940          detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
3941          support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
3942          MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
3943
3944        * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
3945          .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
3946          with its sense inverted.
3947
3948        * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
3949          support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
3950          static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
3951
3952        * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
3953          for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
3954          source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
3955
3956        * The Type= match property of .link files has been generalized to
3957          always match the device type shown by 'networkctl status', even for
3958          devices where udev does not set DEVTYPE=. This allows e.g. Type=ether
3959          to be used.
3960
3961        * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
3962          D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
3963          memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
3964          messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
3965          SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
3966          in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
3967          those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
3968
3969        * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
3970          contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
3971          debugging purposes.
3972
3973        * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
3974          group named differently than the user.
3975
3976        * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
3977          gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
3978          only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
3979
3980        * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
3981          set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
3982          initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
3983          /etc/fstab.
3984
3985        * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
3986          volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
3987          encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
3988          pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
3989
3990        * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
3991          x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
3992          that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
3993          the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
3994
3995        * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
3996          populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
3997          repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
3998          Bernard.
3999
4000        * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
4001          interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
4002          time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
4003          interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
4004          generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
4005          may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
4006          AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
4007          been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
4008          appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
4009          alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
4010          veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
4011
4012        * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
4013          too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
4014          "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
4015          simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
4016          multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
4017          this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
4018          truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
4019          selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
4020          command line option.
4021
4022        * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
4023          systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
4024
4025        * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
4026          locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
4027          node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
4028          system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
4029          Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
4030          that allow changing the clock, for example access to
4031          systemd-timedated.
4032
4033        * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
4034          resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128bit IDs, currently mostly
4035          GPT partition table types.
4036
4037        * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
4038          /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
4039          added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
4040
4041          https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
4042
4043        * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
4044          with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
4045          for the respective units.
4046
4047        * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
4048          commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
4049          all specified units along with all units they depend on.
4050
4051        * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
4052          "status" output.
4053
4054        * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
4055          operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
4056          disappear.
4057
4058        * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
4059          option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
4060          permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
4061          address is used.
4062
4063        * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
4064          been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
4065          dropped from the individual setting names.
4066
4067        * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
4068          also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
4069          rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
4070          such files in version 243.
4071
4072        * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
4073          the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
4074          with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
4075
4076        * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
4077          shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
4078          PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
4079
4080        * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
4081          to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
4082          with stopping and disablement.
4083
4084        * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
4085          fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
4086          which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
4087          RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
4088          service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
4089          as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
4090          some internal systemd services (most notably
4091          systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
4092          RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
4093          plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
4094          this systemd release. See
4095          https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
4096          additional discussion.
4097
4098        Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
4099        Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
4100        Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
4101        (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
4102        Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
4103        Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
4104        Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
4105        ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
4106        Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
4107        Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
4108        Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
4109        Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
4110        Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
4111        Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
4112        Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
4113        Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
4114        Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
4115        Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
4116        Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
4117        Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
4118        Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
4119        Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
4120        Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
4121        Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
4122        DONG
4123
4124        – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
4125
4126CHANGES WITH 244:
4127
4128        * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
4129          Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
4130          AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
4131          AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
4132
4133        * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
4134          now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
4135          allows units which signals to request termination to implement
4136          different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
4137
4138        * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
4139          units.
4140
4141        * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
4142          SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
4143          modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
4144          on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
4145          cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
4146          set the EFI variable.
4147
4148        * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
4149          allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
4150          storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
4151          logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
4152          and overrides the systemd setting.
4153
4154          systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
4155          ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
4156          during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
4157          effect.)
4158
4159        * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
4160          <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
4161          that affects all corresponding unit files.
4162
4163        * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
4164          stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
4165
4166        * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
4167          the unit being shown.
4168
4169        * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
4170          .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
4171          create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
4172          setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
4173          of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
4174
4175        * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
4176          allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
4177          which need to use them.
4178
4179        * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
4180          exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
4181          exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
4182          driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
4183          processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
4184          preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
4185          are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
4186          when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
4187          systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
4188          TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
4189
4190        * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
4191          ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
4192          report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
4193          This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
4194          security tokens that were used previously.
4195
4196        * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
4197          devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
4198          improve power saving with many more devices.
4199
4200        * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
4201          against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
4202          Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
4203
4204        * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
4205          capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
4206          use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
4207          interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
4208          the device in exclusive mode as they should.
4209
4210        * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
4211          addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
4212          breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
4213          created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
4214          with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
4215
4216          Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
4217          when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
4218
4219        * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
4220          the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
4221
4222        * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
4223          [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
4224          now supported.
4225
4226        * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
4227          [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
4228
4229        * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
4230          (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
4231          The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
4232
4233        * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
4234          received from the server.
4235
4236          The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
4237          set.
4238
4239          The client may be configured to request specific options from the
4240          server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
4241
4242          The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
4243          using a new SendOption= setting.
4244
4245          A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
4246          service type" value used by the client.
4247
4248        * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
4249          request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
4250
4251        * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
4252          a new SendOption= setting.
4253
4254        * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
4255          the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
4256
4257        * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
4258          networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
4259
4260        * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
4261          gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
4262          "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
4263
4264        * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
4265          i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
4266          and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
4267          BSSID for wireless links.
4268
4269          .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
4270          new WLANInterfaceType= option.
4271
4272        * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
4273          link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
4274
4275        * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
4276          disciplines in the kernel using the new
4277          [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
4278          NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
4279          NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
4280          NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
4281
4282        * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
4283
4284        * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
4285          the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
4286          because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
4287          on its own).
4288
4289        * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
4290          'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
4291          of the present time.
4292
4293        * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
4294          reproducible image builds easier).
4295
4296        * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
4297          Specification.
4298
4299        * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
4300          services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
4301          configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
4302          empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
4303
4304        * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
4305          is being used.
4306
4307        * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
4308
4309        * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
4310          used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
4311          path as the system manager.
4312
4313        * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
4314          outputting the 128bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
4315          representation").
4316
4317        * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
4318          makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
4319          buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
4320          with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
4321          /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
4322          inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
4323          for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
4324          kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
4325
4326        Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
4327        Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
4328        Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
4329        Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
4330        Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
4331        Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
4332        A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
4333        Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
4334        Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
4335        Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
4336        Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
4337        Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
4338        Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
4339        Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
4340        Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
4341        Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
4342        Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
4343        Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
4344        Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
4345        Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
4346        Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
4347        Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
4348        Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4349
4350        – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
4351
4352CHANGES WITH 243:
4353
4354        * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
4355          setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
4356          by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
4357          kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
4358          change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
4359          specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
4360          processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
4361          disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
4362
4363        * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
4364          effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
4365          the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
4366          killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
4367          create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
4368          action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
4369          process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
4370          and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
4371          action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
4372          behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
4373          services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
4374          SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
4375          of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
4376          systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
4377          killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
4378          documentation.
4379
4380        * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
4381          4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
4382          from the old 16bit range. This should improve security and
4383          robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
4384          still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
4385          problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
4386          us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
4387          their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
4388          for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
4389          improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
4390          the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
4391          by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
4392          only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
4393          concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
4394          numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
4395          to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
4396
4397        * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
4398          DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
4399          hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
4400          subtree of the unit hierarchy.
4401
4402        * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
4403          explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
4404
4405        * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
4406          build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
4407          default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
4408          change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
4409          substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
4410          way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
4411          continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
4412          their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
4413          caught up with the kernel API changes.
4414
4415        * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
4416          disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
4417          building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
4418          should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
4419          The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
4420          repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
4421          builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
4422          options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
4423          development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
4424          packagers.
4425
4426          Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
4427          preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
4428
4429          build/man/man systemctl
4430          build/man/html systemd.index
4431
4432        * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
4433          Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
4434
4435        * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
4436          big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
4437          machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
4438          Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
4439          bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
4440          This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
4441
4442          The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
4443          "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
4444          the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
4445          shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
4446          little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
4447          64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
4448          input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
4449          format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
4450          long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
4451          unambiguously distinguished.
4452
4453        * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
4454          distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
4455          very rarely used.
4456
4457          To replace this functionality, users should:
4458          - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
4459            (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
4460          - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
4461            and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
4462            "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
4463
4464        * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
4465          no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
4466          all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
4467          interfaces should really be matched.
4468
4469        * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
4470          allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
4471          /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
4472          PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
4473          basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
4474          mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
4475
4476        * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
4477          generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
4478          and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
4479          stop the whole unit.
4480
4481        * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
4482          resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
4483          status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
4484          the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
4485          generated whenever a unit stops.
4486
4487        * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
4488          with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
4489          the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
4490          now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
4491
4492        * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
4493          sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
4494          trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
4495          handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
4496          be handled the same way as watchdog events.
4497
4498        * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
4499          IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
4500          (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
4501          to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
4502          unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
4503          programs set up externally.
4504
4505        * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
4506          runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
4507          new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
4508          timer units that have Persistent= configured.
4509
4510        * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
4511          increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
4512          that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
4513          made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
4514          shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
4515          high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
4516          time and thus nothing is written to disk.
4517
4518        * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
4519          quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
4520          debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
4521          as before.
4522
4523        * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
4524          warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
4525          shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
4526          are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
4527          logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
4528          links on terminals that support that.
4529
4530        * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
4531          shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
4532          unmounted safely during shutdown.
4533
4534        * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
4535
4536        * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
4537          been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
4538          only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
4539          default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
4540          not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
4541          The default remains unchanged.
4542
4543        * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
4544          generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
4545
4546          Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
4547          udev property.
4548
4549          Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
4550          Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
4551          the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
4552
4553        * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
4554          interfaces natively.
4555
4556        * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
4557          destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
4558          VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
4559          associated with (AssociatedWith=).
4560
4561        * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
4562          option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests.  It
4563          also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
4564          similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
4565          as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
4566          RELEASE message when terminating.
4567
4568        * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
4569          separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
4570
4571        * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
4572          implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
4573          addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
4574          ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
4575          the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
4576          routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
4577          with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
4578
4579        * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
4580          GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
4581          Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
4582          "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
4583          added to the GENEVE support.
4584
4585        * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
4586          FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
4587          well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
4588          propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
4589          anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
4590
4591        * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
4592          DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
4593          onto the network device.
4594
4595        * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
4596          and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
4597          MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
4598          option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
4599          Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
4600
4601        * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
4602          local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
4603          PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
4604
4605        * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
4606          tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
4607
4608        * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
4609          Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
4610
4611        * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
4612          devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
4613          statistics.
4614
4615        * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
4616          SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
4617          measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
4618
4619        * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
4620          detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
4621
4622        * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
4623          setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
4624          specific udev properties.
4625
4626        * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
4627          AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
4628          "lo" as underlying device.
4629
4630        * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
4631          been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
4632          IP addresses, too.
4633
4634        * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
4635          simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
4636          IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
4637          interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
4638
4639        * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
4640          changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
4641          It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
4642          binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
4643
4644        * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
4645          .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
4646          the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
4647
4648        * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
4649          and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
4650          detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
4651
4652        * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
4653
4654          - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
4655            similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
4656            does the same for recurring calendar events.
4657
4658          - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
4659            durations as opposed to points in time).
4660
4661          - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
4662            expressions.
4663
4664          - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
4665            codes to their names and back.
4666
4667          - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
4668            file paths and unit aliases.
4669
4670        * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
4671          RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
4672          is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
4673          displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
4674
4675        * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
4676          which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
4677          brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
4678          call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
4679          devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
4680          Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
4681          changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
4682          udev rules for that purpose.
4683
4684        * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
4685          a device to be initialized.
4686
4687        * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
4688          the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
4689          used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
4690
4691        * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
4692          disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
4693          related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
4694          with gcc's cleanup extension.
4695
4696        * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
4697          SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
4698          with printf().
4699
4700        * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
4701          XML introspection data unmodified.
4702
4703        * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
4704          string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
4705          the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
4706          kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
4707
4708        * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
4709          /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
4710          Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
4711          reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
4712          the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
4713          drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
4714          configured to handle the watchdog.
4715
4716          Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
4717          RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
4718          old name is still accepted for compatibility.
4719
4720        * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
4721          takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
4722          different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
4723
4724        * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
4725          before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
4726          clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
4727          (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
4728          (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
4729
4730        * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
4731          from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
4732          review.
4733
4734        * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
4735          service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
4736
4737        * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
4738          2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
4739
4740        * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
4741          failures to apply them are now ignored.
4742
4743        * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
4744          applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
4745          true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
4746          documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
4747
4748        * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
4749          initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
4750          /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
4751          service.
4752
4753        * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
4754          a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
4755          phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
4756          cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
4757          the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
4758          very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
4759          systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
4760          earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
4761          initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
4762          is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
4763          replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
4764          a seed was received from the boot loader.
4765
4766        * bootctl gained two new verbs:
4767
4768          - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
4769            variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
4770            above.
4771
4772          - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
4773            installed.
4774
4775        * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
4776          (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
4777          bootloader entry).
4778
4779        * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
4780          for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
4781
4782          https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
4783
4784        * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
4785          hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
4786          swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
4787          priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
4788          space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
4789
4790        * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
4791          option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
4792          device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
4793
4794        * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
4795          BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
4796
4797        * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
4798          systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
4799          https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
4800
4801        Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
4802        Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
4803        Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
4804        Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
4805        Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
4806        Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
4807        Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
4808        Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
4809        Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
4810        Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
4811        Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
4812        Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
4813        Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
4814        Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
4815        Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
4816        Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
4817        Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
4818        Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
4819        Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
4820        Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
4821        Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
4822        Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
4823        Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
4824        Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
4825        Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
4826        Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
4827        Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
4828        Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
4829        William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
4830        Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
4831
4832        – Camerino, 2019-09-03
4833
4834CHANGES WITH 242:
4835
4836        * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
4837          to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
4838          similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
4839          the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
4840          and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
4841          previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
4842          devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
4843
4844          MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
4845          IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
4846
4847          Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
4848          clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
4849          `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
4850          may be used to view this.
4851
4852          Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
4853          a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
4854          To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
4855          ```
4856          # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
4857          [Match]
4858          Type=bridge
4859
4860          [Link]
4861          MACAddressPolicy=none
4862          ```
4863
4864        * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
4865          generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
4866          as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
4867          will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
4868          note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
4869          particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
4870          (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
4871
4872        * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
4873          interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
4874
4875        * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
4876          configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
4877
4878        * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
4879          servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
4880
4881        * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
4882          when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
4883          is a USB peripheral).
4884
4885        * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
4886          relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
4887          measured.
4888
4889        * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
4890          from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
4891          have privileges to do so).
4892
4893        * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
4894          namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
4895          Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
4896
4897        * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
4898          have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
4899          created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
4900          namespace.
4901
4902        * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
4903          in which case environment variable substitution is
4904          disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
4905
4906        * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
4907          OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
4908          system clock is changed or the local timezone is
4909          modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
4910          accessible from the command line for transient timers.
4911
4912        * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
4913          used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
4914          RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
4915          installed CPU cores.
4916
4917        * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
4918          has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
4919          kernel 4.15.
4920
4921        * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
4922          time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
4923          existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
4924          been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
4925          approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
4926
4927        * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
4928          --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
4929          jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
4930
4931        * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
4932          (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
4933          bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
4934          state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
4935          enslaved devices is not operational.
4936
4937        * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
4938          networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
4939
4940        * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
4941          minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
4942          "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
4943          systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
4944          to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
4945          optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
4946
4947        * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
4948          for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
4949
4950        * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
4951
4952        * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
4953          may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
4954          Router Advertisements to be ignored.
4955
4956        * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
4957          file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
4958
4959        * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
4960          configure CAN triple sampling.
4961
4962        * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
4963          used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
4964
4965        * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
4966          submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
4967          details.
4968
4969        * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
4970          contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
4971          directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
4972          when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
4973          which might create files with really old timestamps, which
4974          nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
4975
4976          https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
4977
4978        * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
4979          FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
4980          controlling project quota inheritance.
4981
4982        * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
4983          (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
4984          addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
4985          Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
4986          to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
4987          The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
4988          Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
4989          this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
4990          conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
4991          ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
4992          partition.
4993
4994        * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
4995          kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
4996          an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
4997          writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
4998          modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
4999
5000        * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
5001          overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
5002
5003        * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
5004          --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
5005          features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
5006          new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
5007          be used in production yet.
5008
5009        * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
5010          runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
5011          --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
5012          system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
5013          input, output, and error are set up.
5014
5015        * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
5016
5017        * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
5018          configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
5019          presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
5020
5021        * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
5022          --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
5023          the specified expression will elapse next.
5024
5025        * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
5026          introspection data.
5027
5028        * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
5029          the reboot() system call expects.
5030
5031        * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
5032          from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
5033          the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
5034
5035        * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
5036          detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
5037          ConditionVirtualization=).
5038
5039        * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
5040          variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
5041          $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
5042          $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
5043          skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
5044          create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
5045          actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
5046          of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
5047          /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
5048          /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
5049          boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
5050          during reboot with their own operations.
5051
5052        * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
5053          or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
5054          --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
5055          boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
5056
5057        * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
5058          directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
5059          snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
5060          (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
5061          to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
5062
5063          This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
5064          a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
5065
5066        * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
5067          symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
5068          systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
5069          remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
5070          systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
5071          in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
5072          the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
5073          done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
5074          recommended after the first installation of systemd.
5075
5076        * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
5077          is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
5078          prohibited.
5079
5080        * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
5081          implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
5082          these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
5083          SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
5084          that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
5085          unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
5086          substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
5087          to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
5088
5089        Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
5090        Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
5091        Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
5092        Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
5093        Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
5094        Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
5095        Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
5096        Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
5097        Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
5098        Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
5099        Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
5100        Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
5101        Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
5102        Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
5103        Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
5104        Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
5105        Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
5106        Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5107
5108        — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
5109
5110CHANGES WITH 241:
5111
5112        * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
5113          a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
5114          en_US.UTF-8, and C).
5115
5116        * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
5117          git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
5118          during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
5119          include the package release information.
5120
5121        * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
5122          for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
5123          option.
5124
5125        * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
5126          contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
5127          process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
5128
5129        * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
5130          again.
5131
5132        * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
5133          and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
5134          provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
5135          was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
5136          This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
5137          systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
5138          is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
5139          means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
5140          be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
5141          renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
5142          the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
5143          "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
5144          installed .link files to *not* include it.
5145
5146          The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
5147          "persistent", now works again as documented.
5148
5149        * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
5150          initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
5151
5152        * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
5153          system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
5154          used for side-channel attacks.
5155
5156        * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
5157          -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
5158          executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
5159
5160        * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
5161          added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
5162          now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
5163          security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
5164          incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
5165          following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
5166
5167              fs.protected_regular = 0
5168              fs.protected_fifos = 0
5169
5170          Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
5171          enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
5172
5173        * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
5174          parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
5175          POSIX shells.
5176
5177        * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
5178          now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
5179
5180        * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
5181          when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
5182          as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
5183          where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
5184          points but otherwise empty.
5185
5186        * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
5187          sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
5188          sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
5189
5190        * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
5191          systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
5192
5193        * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
5194          systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
5195
5196        Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
5197        Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
5198        Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
5199        Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
5200        John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
5201        Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
5202        James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
5203        Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
5204        Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
5205        Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
5206        marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
5207        Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
5208        Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
5209        James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
5210        Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
5211        Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5212        Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
5213
5214        — Berlin, 2019-02-14
5215
5216CHANGES WITH 240:
5217
5218        * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
5219          implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
5220          SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
5221          to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
5222          an SELinux policy update is required.
5223          (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
5224
5225        * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
5226          systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
5227          enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
5228          and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
5229          systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
5230          by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
5231          may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
5232          to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
5233          Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
5234          /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
5235
5236        * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
5237          sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
5238          target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
5239          units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
5240          depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
5241          dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
5242          in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
5243          load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
5244          long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
5245          .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
5246          used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
5247          the search path.
5248
5249        * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
5250          Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
5251          and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
5252          with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
5253          propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
5254          back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
5255          consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
5256          that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
5257          considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
5258          successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
5259          its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
5260          starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
5261          execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
5262          start job.
5263
5264          NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
5265          systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
5266          started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
5267          cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
5268          block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
5269          between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
5270          might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
5271          explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
5272          non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
5273          we will continue to default to Type=simple.
5274
5275        * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
5276          userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
5277          (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
5278          processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
5279          systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
5280          defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
5281          descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
5282          the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
5283          traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
5284          1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
5285          programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
5286          failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
5287          course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
5288          poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
5289          at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
5290          handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
5291          kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
5292          both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
5293          want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
5294          high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
5295          course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
5296          select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
5297          any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
5298          Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
5299          decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
5300          in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
5301          default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
5302          high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
5303          large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
5304          (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
5305          allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
5306          is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
5307          currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
5308          allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
5309          Java.)
5310
5311        * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
5312          to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
5313          descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
5314          part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
5315          file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
5316          RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
5317          and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
5318          (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
5319          has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
5320          an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
5321
5322        * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
5323          are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
5324          and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
5325          distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
5326          glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
5327          mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
5328
5329        * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
5330          default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
5331          from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
5332          that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
5333          a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
5334
5335          Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
5336          https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
5337
5338        * The v239 change to turn on "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" by default has been
5339          reverted.
5340
5341        * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
5342          kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
5343          statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
5344
5345        * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
5346          has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
5347
5348        * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
5349          using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
5350          systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
5351
5352        * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
5353          memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
5354          controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
5355          "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
5356          cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
5357          latency.
5358
5359        * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
5360          to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
5361
5362        * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
5363          also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
5364          instance part of a unit name.
5365
5366        * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
5367          sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
5368          sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
5369          has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
5370          use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
5371          from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
5372          source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
5373          be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
5374          flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
5375
5376        * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
5377          save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
5378          SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
5379          reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
5380
5381        * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
5382          new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
5383          to a file, and appending to it.
5384
5385        * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
5386          configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
5387          be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
5388          signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
5389          Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
5390          watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
5391
5392        * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
5393          the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
5394          useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
5395          having to touch C code.
5396
5397        * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
5398          now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
5399
5400        * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
5401          DNS-over-TLS.
5402
5403        * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
5404          option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
5405          honoring /etc/hosts entries.
5406
5407        * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
5408          is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
5409          until the system finished start-up.
5410
5411        * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
5412
5413        * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
5414          instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
5415          neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
5416          should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
5417          from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
5418          reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
5419          UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
5420
5421        * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
5422          tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
5423          for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
5424          bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
5425          AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
5426          aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
5427          shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
5428          IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
5429          Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
5430          SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
5431          support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
5432          support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
5433
5434        * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
5435          instantiate services.
5436
5437        * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
5438          the sector size for an encrypted partition.
5439
5440        * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
5441          medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
5442          system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
5443
5444        * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
5445          it is neither used nor maintained.
5446
5447        * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
5448          LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
5449          service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
5450          variables containing the full paths of these directories.
5451          Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
5452          LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
5453          are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
5454          service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
5455          separated by colons.
5456
5457        * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
5458          NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
5459
5460        * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
5461          which case the respective line failing is ignored.
5462
5463        * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
5464          "ethtool advertise" commands.
5465
5466        * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
5467          alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
5468          wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
5469          directly.
5470
5471        * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
5472          which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
5473          sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
5474          ID.
5475
5476        * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
5477          and generate various 128bit IDs.
5478
5479        * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
5480          and LOGO=.
5481
5482        * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
5483          kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
5484          from any hibernated image.
5485
5486        * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
5487          AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
5488          AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
5489          kernel exports them.
5490
5491        * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
5492          /usr/bin/.
5493
5494        * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
5495          for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
5496          persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
5497          compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
5498          too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
5499          now documented here:
5500
5501          https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
5502
5503        * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
5504          understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
5505          installs during early boot.
5506
5507        * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
5508          call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
5509
5510        * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
5511          a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
5512
5513        * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
5514          group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
5515          %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
5516
5517        * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
5518          UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
5519          long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
5520          logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
5521          same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
5522          stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
5523          subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
5524          exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
5525          whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
5526          is on AC power.
5527
5528        * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
5529          generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
5530          if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
5531          in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
5532          see:
5533
5534          https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
5535
5536        * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
5537          new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
5538          exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
5539          and container environments.
5540
5541        * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
5542          FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
5543          exit status to use as service manager exit status when
5544          SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
5545
5546        * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
5547          options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
5548          journald per-service.
5549
5550        * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
5551          normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
5552
5553        * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
5554          security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
5555          "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
5556          from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
5557
5558        * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
5559          supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
5560          groups.
5561
5562        * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
5563          --ephemeral command line switch.
5564
5565        * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
5566          sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
5567          event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
5568          object itself.
5569
5570        * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
5571          clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
5572          not unloaded).
5573
5574        * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
5575          it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
5576          the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
5577
5578        * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
5579          state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
5580          generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
5581          too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
5582          "dead" state on success.
5583
5584        * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
5585          the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
5586          equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
5587          current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
5588          (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
5589          caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
5590          --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
5591          quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
5592          well-defined system service context.
5593
5594        * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
5595          from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
5596          and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
5597          tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
5598
5599        * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
5600          file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
5601          continue to be used.
5602
5603        * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
5604          synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
5605          the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
5606          for example:
5607
5608          # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
5609
5610          This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
5611          command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
5612          the command line's exit code.
5613
5614        * The block device locking logic is now documented:
5615
5616          https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
5617
5618        * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
5619          JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
5620          support to systemctl and all other commands.
5621
5622        * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
5623          name as argument.
5624
5625        * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
5626          net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
5627          pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
5628          interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
5629          is improved.
5630
5631        * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
5632          SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
5633          initialize one to all 0xFF.
5634
5635        * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
5636          all files and directories listed in
5637          /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
5638          newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
5639          implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
5640          completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
5641          removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
5642          the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
5643          filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
5644          the transition to the host OS.
5645
5646        * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
5647          mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
5648          fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
5649          but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
5650          open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
5651          in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
5652          implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
5653          restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
5654          where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
5655          where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
5656          bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
5657          essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
5658          as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
5659          user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
5660          up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
5661          these are opened they don't work.
5662
5663          At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
5664          user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
5665          block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
5666          logic works again.
5667
5668          We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
5669          container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
5670          incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
5671          notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
5672          ignore it.
5673
5674        * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
5675          for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
5676          the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
5677          commands.
5678
5679        * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
5680          pam_systemd anymore.
5681
5682        * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
5683          devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
5684          policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
5685          policy took effect.
5686
5687        * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
5688          python-3.5.
5689
5690        Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
5691        Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
5692        Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
5693        asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
5694        Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
5695        Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
5696        Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
5697        Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
5698        David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
5699        Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
5700        Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
5701        Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
5702        Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
5703        Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
5704        Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
5705        Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
5706        Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
5707        javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
5708        Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
5709        Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
5710        Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
5711        Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
5712        Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
5713        Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
5714        Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
5715        Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
5716        Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
5717        Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
5718        Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
5719        Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
5720        Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
5721        Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
5722        Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
5723        Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
5724        Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
5725        Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
5726        (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
5727        Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
5728        Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
5729        Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
5730        Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
5731        Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
5732        Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
5733        Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
5734        Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
5735
5736        — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
5737
5738CHANGES WITH 239:
5739
5740        * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
5741          builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
5742          versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
5743          and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
5744          a slot number associated.
5745
5746          SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
5747          interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
5748          number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
5749          independent.
5750
5751          The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
5752          scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
5753          devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
5754
5755          "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
5756          network controller device does not have an associated slot number
5757          itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
5758          not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
5759
5760        * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
5761          systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
5762          the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
5763          systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
5764          administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
5765          drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
5766          re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
5767          e.g. NIS.
5768
5769        * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
5770          times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
5771          last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
5772          administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
5773          may be necessary to update the file.
5774
5775        * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
5776          unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
5777          failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
5778          would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
5779          going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
5780          documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
5781          documentation.
5782
5783        * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
5784          tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
5785          recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
5786          which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
5787          systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
5788          referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
5789          them.
5790
5791        * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
5792          --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
5793          behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
5794          both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
5795          any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
5796
5797        * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
5798          now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
5799          before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
5800          most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
5801          which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
5802          MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
5803          too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
5804          reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
5805
5806        * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
5807          off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
5808          reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
5809          screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
5810          configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
5811
5812        * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
5813          turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
5814          resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
5815          of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
5816          establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
5817
5818        * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
5819          DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
5820          not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
5821
5822          NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
5823          that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
5824          or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
5825          systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
5826          if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
5827          the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
5828          lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
5829          ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
5830          a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
5831          systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
5832          systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
5833          multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
5834          "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
5835          triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
5836          in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
5837          the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
5838          systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
5839          --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
5840          authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
5841          from.
5842
5843        * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
5844          remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
5845          interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
5846          tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
5847
5848        * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
5849          compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
5850          which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
5851          Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
5852
5853        * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
5854          where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
5855          hibernates again.
5856
5857        * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
5858          set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
5859
5860        * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
5861          groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
5862          names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
5863
5864        * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
5865          byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
5866          will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
5867          was not configurable and set to 512.
5868
5869        * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
5870          be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
5871          (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
5872          for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
5873          binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
5874          While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
5875          system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
5876          in particular su and sudo.
5877
5878        * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
5879          enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
5880          synchronization has been received from the network. This
5881          functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
5882          acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
5883          services.
5884
5885        * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
5886          write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
5887          files should work for hibernation now.
5888
5889        * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
5890          extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
5891          "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
5892          "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
5893          "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
5894          service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
5895          writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
5896          once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
5897          naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
5898          units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
5899          following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
5900          the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
5901          files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
5902          name following the last dash.
5903
5904        * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
5905          expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
5906          resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
5907          directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
5908          /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
5909
5910        * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
5911          reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
5912          specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
5913          built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
5914          search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
5915          use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
5916
5917        * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
5918          unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
5919          from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
5920          lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
5921
5922        * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
5923          support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
5924          continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
5925          new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
5926          to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
5927
5928        * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
5929          generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
5930          where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
5931          now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
5932          editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
5933          support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
5934          "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
5935          currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
5936          happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
5937          limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
5938          behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
5939          environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
5940          https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
5941
5942        * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
5943          setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
5944          option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
5945          specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
5946          "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
5947          three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
5948          networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
5949          controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
5950          settings.
5951
5952        * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
5953          expiration feature, if it is available.
5954
5955        * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
5956          transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
5957          OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
5958
5959        * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
5960          limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
5961
5962        * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
5963
5964        * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
5965          to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
5966
5967        * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
5968          dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
5969          drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
5970          logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
5971          "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
5972          system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
5973          itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
5974          systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
5975          corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
5976          example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
5977          list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
5978
5979        * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
5980          systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
5981          synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
5982          shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
5983
5984        * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
5985          about its state.
5986
5987        * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
5988          understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
5989          unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
5990          "timedatectl set-ntp".
5991
5992        * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
5993          resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
5994          --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
5995          --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
5996          PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
5997          --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
5998          for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
5999          affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
6000          allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
6001          container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
6002          control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
6003
6004        * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
6005          list of all currently known VM and container environments.
6006
6007        * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
6008          doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
6009          experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
6010          experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
6011          /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
6012          /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
6013
6014        * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
6015          mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
6016          regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
6017          syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
6018          information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
6019          "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
6020          compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
6021
6022        * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
6023          binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
6024          (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
6025          shown.)
6026
6027        * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
6028          sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
6029          enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
6030          i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
6031          memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
6032          away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
6033          sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
6034          sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
6035          objects and set their description string already during allocation.
6036
6037        * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
6038          loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
6039          users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
6040
6041        * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
6042          destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
6043          sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
6044          functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
6045          sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
6046          sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
6047          sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
6048          sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
6049
6050        * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
6051
6052        * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
6053          local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
6054          automatically when the system clock changed.)
6055
6056        * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
6057          portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
6058
6059          https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
6060          https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
6061          https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
6062
6063        * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
6064
6065          https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
6066
6067          While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
6068          changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
6069
6070        * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
6071          systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
6072          earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
6073          the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
6074          may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
6075          external user databases.
6076
6077        * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
6078          addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
6079          refused due to the enforced limits.
6080
6081        * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
6082          query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
6083          manages.
6084
6085        * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
6086          option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
6087          system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
6088          other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
6089          PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
6090          primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
6091          system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
6092          where this is now used by default.
6093
6094        * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
6095          when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
6096
6097        * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
6098          optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
6099          implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
6100          allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
6101          update process in a generic way.
6102
6103        * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
6104
6105        Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
6106        Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
6107        J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
6108        Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
6109        Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
6110        Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
6111        Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
6112        Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
6113        guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
6114        Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
6115        Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
6116        Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
6117        Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
6118        Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
6119        Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
6120        Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
6121        Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
6122        Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
6123        Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
6124        Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
6125        Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
6126        Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
6127        Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
6128        Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
6129        Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
6130        Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
6131        Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
6132        Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
6133        Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6134
6135        — Berlin, 2018-06-22
6136
6137CHANGES WITH 238:
6138
6139        * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
6140          discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
6141          that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
6142          kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
6143          enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
6144          memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
6145          other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
6146          because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
6147          from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
6148          accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
6149          used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
6150          kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
6151          to revert this change.
6152
6153        * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
6154          %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
6155          from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
6156          Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
6157          once at the end of the transaction.
6158
6159          Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
6160          and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
6161          scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
6162          scripts.
6163
6164        * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
6165          specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
6166          directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
6167          and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
6168          scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
6169          disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
6170          still allowing local admin overrides.
6171
6172          This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
6173          %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
6174          %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
6175
6176          A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
6177          which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
6178          package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
6179          owned by those newly-created users, in which case
6180          %sysusers_create_package should be used.
6181
6182        * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
6183          where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
6184          on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
6185          and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
6186          for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
6187          from package installation scripts.
6188
6189        * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
6190          number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
6191          without the user number ("u username -:456").
6192
6193        * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
6194          positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
6195
6196        * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
6197          specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
6198          /sbin/nologin for other users).
6199
6200        * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
6201          configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
6202          paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
6203          --systemd, --user, or --global).
6204
6205        * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
6206          triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
6207          which are triggered meanwhile).
6208
6209        * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
6210          machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
6211          HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
6212          was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
6213          is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
6214
6215        * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
6216          resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
6217          rotated very quickly.
6218
6219        * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
6220          sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
6221          pending bus messages.
6222
6223        * systemd gained a new
6224          org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
6225          which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
6226          units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
6227          systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
6228          instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
6229          migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
6230          restrictions.  Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
6231          again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
6232          session scope.
6233
6234        * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
6235          the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
6236          with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
6237          not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
6238          the tree to be accessed.
6239
6240          ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
6241          directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
6242          "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
6243
6244        * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
6245          This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
6246          to keys in the main keyring.
6247
6248        * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
6249
6250        * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
6251          be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
6252
6253        * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
6254
6255        * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
6256          whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
6257          included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
6258          directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
6259          the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
6260          system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
6261          explicitly.
6262
6263        * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
6264          the colour of "OK" status messages.
6265
6266        * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
6267          PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
6268          means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
6269          be restarted.
6270
6271        * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
6272          will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
6273
6274        Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
6275        Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
6276        Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
6277        de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
6278        Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
6279        Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
6280        Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
6281        Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
6282        Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
6283        Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
6284        MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
6285        Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
6286        Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
6287        Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
6288        Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
6289        Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
6290
6291        — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
6292
6293CHANGES WITH 237:
6294
6295        * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
6296          mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
6297          keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
6298          Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
6299
6300        * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
6301          slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
6302          type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
6303          existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
6304          different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
6305          useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
6306          idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
6307          behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
6308          lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
6309          exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
6310
6311        * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
6312          systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
6313          were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
6314          automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
6315          atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
6316          by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
6317          inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
6318          it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
6319          place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that requires
6320          this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
6321
6322        * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
6323          systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
6324          operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
6325          service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
6326          chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
6327          now provides explicit control.
6328
6329        * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
6330          Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
6331          supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
6332          to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
6333          arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
6334          command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
6335          unit types that already supported transient operation.
6336
6337        * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
6338          which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
6339          and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
6340
6341        * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
6342          that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
6343
6344        * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
6345          .network files all gained support for a new condition
6346          ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
6347          versions.
6348
6349        * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
6350          support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
6351          same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
6352          AllowLocalRemote=.  The [Route] section in .network files gained
6353          support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
6354          InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
6355          understands RapidCommit=.
6356
6357        * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
6358          Delegation.
6359
6360        * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
6361          feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
6362          an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
6363          functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
6364          automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
6365          without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
6366          systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
6367          functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
6368          --watch-bind= command line switch.
6369
6370        * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
6371          soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
6372          already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
6373          connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
6374          particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
6375          described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
6376          explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
6377          addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
6378          whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
6379          "Disconnected" signals).
6380
6381        * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
6382          sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
6383          names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
6384          a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
6385          been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
6386          asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
6387          case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
6388          service initialization since synchronization points for bus
6389          round-trips are removed.
6390
6391        * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
6392          sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
6393          and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
6394          string take match fields as normal function parameters.
6395
6396        * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
6397          sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
6398          messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
6399          one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
6400          brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
6401          overwriting whatever the client filled in.
6402
6403        * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
6404          calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
6405          used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
6406          thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
6407          which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
6408          sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
6409          SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
6410          to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
6411          too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
6412          has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
6413
6414        * sd-event gained a new call pair
6415          sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
6416          automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
6417          when the event source is destroyed.
6418
6419        * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
6420          connections.
6421
6422        * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
6423          "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
6424          internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
6425          "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
6426          new transitional flag file has been added: if
6427          /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
6428          user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
6429
6430        * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
6431          user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
6432          manager.
6433
6434        * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
6435          the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
6436          insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
6437          otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
6438          this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
6439
6440        * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
6441          the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
6442          enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
6443          boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
6444          debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
6445          systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
6446
6447        * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
6448          added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
6449          get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
6450          understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
6451          current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
6452          level/target is given as an argument.
6453
6454        * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
6455          specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
6456          where UID and GID do not match.
6457
6458        Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
6459        Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
6460        Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
6461        Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
6462        Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
6463        Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
6464        Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
6465        Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
6466        Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
6467        Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
6468        Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
6469        Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
6470        Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
6471        Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
6472        Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
6473        Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
6474        Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
6475        Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
6476        Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
6477        Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
6478        Палаузов
6479
6480        — Brno, 2018-01-28
6481
6482CHANGES WITH 236:
6483
6484        * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
6485          in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
6486          numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
6487          dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
6488
6489        * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
6490          applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
6491          that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
6492          interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
6493          doubling ("%%").  (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
6494          "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
6495          valid specifiers today.)
6496
6497        * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
6498          /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
6499          recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
6500          points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
6501          includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
6502          DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
6503
6504        * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
6505          /dev/dri/renderD*.  These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
6506          default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
6507          will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
6508
6509        * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
6510          systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
6511          systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
6512          enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
6513          services are resolved properly.
6514
6515        * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
6516          x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
6517          the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
6518          latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
6519          after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
6520          partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
6521          logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
6522          systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
6523          systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
6524          and btrfs.
6525
6526        * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
6527          DNS server and domain information.
6528
6529        * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
6530          been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
6531          runtime.
6532
6533        * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
6534          basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
6535          empty for the first time.
6536
6537        * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
6538          systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
6539          ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
6540          executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
6541          systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
6542          running in the user session.
6543
6544        * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
6545          %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
6546          instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
6547          top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
6548          $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
6549          logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
6550          $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
6551          existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
6552          directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
6553          user instance).
6554
6555        * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
6556          set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
6557
6558        * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
6559          RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
6560          it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
6561          PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
6562
6563        * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
6564          menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
6565
6566        * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
6567          instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
6568          sleep verbs.
6569
6570        * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
6571
6572        * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
6573          files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
6574
6575        * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
6576
6577        * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
6578          .device units are now propagated to units specified in
6579          ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
6580
6581        * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
6582          unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
6583          without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
6584          the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
6585          instance.
6586
6587        * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
6588          can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
6589          SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
6590
6591        * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
6592          now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
6593          before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
6594
6595        * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
6596
6597        * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
6598          process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
6599          priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
6600          LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
6601          fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
6602          processes.
6603
6604        * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
6605          new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
6606          binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
6607          standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
6608
6609        * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
6610          connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
6611          file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
6612
6613        * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
6614          tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
6615          tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
6616          (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
6617          and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
6618
6619        * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
6620          (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
6621
6622        * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
6623          testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
6624          units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
6625          time the specified expression would elapse.
6626
6627        * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
6628          there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
6629          execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
6630          particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
6631          has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
6632          types, not just services.
6633
6634        * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
6635          IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
6636          and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
6637          gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
6638
6639        * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
6640          boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
6641          when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
6642          interface for this purpose.
6643
6644        * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
6645          FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
6646          store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
6647          anyway.
6648
6649        * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
6650          that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
6651          requirements of systemd.
6652
6653        * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
6654          WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
6655          systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
6656
6657        * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
6658          the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
6659          registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
6660          the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
6661
6662        * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
6663          extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
6664          continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
6665          prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
6666
6667        * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
6668          (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
6669
6670        * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
6671          --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
6672          --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
6673          dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
6674          into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
6675          managing software supports (such as pppd).
6676
6677        * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
6678          option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
6679          network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
6680
6681        Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
6682        Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
6683        Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
6684        Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
6685        John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
6686        Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
6687        Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
6688        Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
6689        Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
6690        Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
6691        Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
6692        Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
6693        Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
6694        Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
6695        Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
6696        Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
6697        Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
6698        Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
6699        Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
6700        Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
6701        Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
6702        Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
6703        Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
6704
6705        — Berlin, 2017-12-14
6706
6707CHANGES WITH 235:
6708
6709        * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
6710          services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
6711          communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
6712          the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
6713          these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
6714          functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
6715          query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
6716          is set up to directly consult network services for user database
6717          lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
6718          "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
6719          network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
6720          fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
6721          systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
6722          to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
6723          distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
6724          such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
6725          from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
6726          to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
6727          local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
6728          sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
6729          access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
6730          implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
6731          today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
6732          processes that need to query the user database, including the most
6733          trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
6734          IPAddressDeny= see below.
6735
6736        * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
6737          bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
6738          to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
6739          managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
6740          with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
6741          with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
6742          however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
6743          bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
6744
6745        * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
6746          which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
6747          complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
6748          used to change those values.
6749
6750        * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
6751          to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
6752          systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
6753          setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
6754          STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
6755          from the previous hardcoded 2048.
6756
6757        * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
6758          allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
6759          configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
6760          $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
6761
6762        * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
6763          deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
6764          one top-level directory.
6765
6766        * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
6767          LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
6768          to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
6769          /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
6770          possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
6771          properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
6772          making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
6773          stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
6774          unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
6775          StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
6776          ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
6777          directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
6778          with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
6779          writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
6780          sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
6781
6782        * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
6783          Meson-only.
6784
6785        * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
6786          runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
6787          at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
6788          asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
6789          datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
6790          metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
6791          out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
6792          message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
6793          is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
6794          acceptable to us.
6795
6796        * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
6797          A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
6798          current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
6799          name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
6800          hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
6801          requested at build time.
6802
6803        * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
6804          Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
6805          section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
6806          tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
6807          device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
6808          turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
6809          [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
6810          routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
6811          Type= setting which permits configuring
6812          blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
6813
6814        * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
6815          configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
6816          new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
6817          an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
6818          GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
6819          local frames between bridge ports.
6820
6821        * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
6822          new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
6823          configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
6824
6825        * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
6826          and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
6827
6828        * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
6829          line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
6830          call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
6831          implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
6832
6833        * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
6834          used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
6835          are directly passed on to the activated transient service
6836          executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
6837          services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
6838          accounting management, resource management or log management that is
6839          done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
6840          integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
6841
6842        * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
6843          using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
6844          to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
6845          requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
6846          command.)
6847
6848        * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
6849          each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
6850          queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
6851
6852        * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
6853          @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
6854          in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
6855          of systemd-nspawn (see above).
6856
6857        * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
6858          command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
6859          configured, except for the credentials applied by
6860          setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
6861          "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
6862          also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
6863          systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
6864          unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
6865          automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
6866          on systems where this is not supported.
6867
6868        * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
6869          sockets.
6870
6871        * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
6872          locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
6873          during runtime.
6874
6875        * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
6876          ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
6877          before textual logins acquire access to the console.
6878
6879        * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
6880          early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
6881          improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
6882
6883        * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
6884          similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
6885          encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
6886          Following this logic, two new special targets
6887          remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
6888          added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
6889          remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
6890
6891        * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
6892          unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
6893          normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
6894          settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
6895
6896        * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
6897          traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
6898          the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
6899          --wait".
6900
6901        * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
6902          IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
6903          for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
6904          the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
6905          units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
6906          services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
6907          including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
6908          enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
6909          of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
6910
6911        * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
6912          structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
6913          containing information about the consumed resources of this
6914          invocation.
6915
6916        * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
6917          used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
6918          processes.
6919
6920        * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
6921          "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
6922          behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
6923          operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
6924          complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
6925          were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
6926          always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
6927          were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
6928          up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
6929          systems for all five operations.
6930
6931        * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
6932          the system.
6933
6934        * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
6935          than UTC or the local timezone.
6936
6937        * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
6938          /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
6939          the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
6940          that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
6941          databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
6942          databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
6943          too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
6944          (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
6945
6946        * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
6947          switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
6948          everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
6949          upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
6950          next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
6951          again.
6952
6953        * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
6954          SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
6955          configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
6956
6957        Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
6958        Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
6959        Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
6960        Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
6961        Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
6962        Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
6963        ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
6964        Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
6965        Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
6966        John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
6967        Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
6968        Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
6969        Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
6970        Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
6971        Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
6972        Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
6973        Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
6974        Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
6975        Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
6976        Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6977
6978        — Berlin, 2017-10-06
6979
6980CHANGES WITH 234:
6981
6982        * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
6983          our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
6984          Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
6985          the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
6986          of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
6987          summary:
6988
6989              ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
6990
6991          becomes:
6992
6993              meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
6994
6995        * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
6996          which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
6997          running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
6998          .device units.
6999
7000        * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
7001          for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
7002          running a systemd user instance.
7003
7004        * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
7005          [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
7006          [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
7007          and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
7008          gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
7009          labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
7010
7011        * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
7012
7013        * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
7014          (domain search list).
7015
7016        * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
7017          the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
7018          section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
7019          serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
7020          implementation of RA.
7021
7022        * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
7023          "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
7024          ISO date values.
7025
7026        * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
7027          interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
7028          devices.
7029
7030        * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
7031          enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
7032          option.
7033
7034        * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
7035          for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
7036          should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
7037          default yet.
7038
7039        * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
7040          downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
7041          to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
7042          SHA256SUMS files.
7043
7044        * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
7045          is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
7046
7047        * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
7048
7049        * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
7050
7051        * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
7052          properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
7053
7054        * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
7055          the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
7056          fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
7057          suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
7058
7059        * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
7060          the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
7061          using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
7062          other components may be required to make use of this (for example
7063          Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
7064          itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
7065          stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
7066          counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
7067          systemd-logind to be safe. See
7068          https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
7069
7070        * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
7071          KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
7072          /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
7073          $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
7074          anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
7075          $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
7076          temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
7077          after all the plugins exit.
7078
7079        * If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is set in /etc/machine-info, kernel-install
7080          will now use its value as the machine ID instead of the machine ID
7081          from /etc/machine-id. If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID isn't set in
7082          /etc/machine-info and no machine ID is set in /etc/machine-id,
7083          kernel-install will try to store the current machine ID there as
7084          KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID. If there is no machine ID, kernel-install
7085          will generate a new UUID, store it in /etc/machine-info as
7086          KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID and use it as the machine ID.
7087
7088        Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
7089        Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
7090        Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
7091        Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
7092        Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
7093        Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
7094        Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
7095        Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
7096        Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
7097        Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
7098        hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
7099        Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
7100        Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
7101        Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
7102        Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
7103        Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7104        Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
7105        Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
7106        Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
7107        Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
7108        Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
7109        Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
7110        Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
7111        Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
7112        Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
7113        H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
7114        Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
7115        userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
7116        Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
7117        Георгиевски
7118
7119        — Berlin, 2017-07-12
7120
7121CHANGES WITH 233:
7122
7123        * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
7124          compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
7125          "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
7126          "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
7127          cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
7128          the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
7129          /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
7130          compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
7131          better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
7132
7133        * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
7134          via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
7135          systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
7136          systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
7137          default selected on the configure command line
7138          (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
7139          (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
7140          this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
7141          cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
7142          "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
7143          distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
7144          starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
7145          distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
7146          as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
7147          greatest stability and compatibility only.
7148
7149        * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
7150          setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
7151          instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
7152          disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
7153          the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
7154          work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
7155          scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
7156          working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
7157          further details about this.)
7158
7159        * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
7160          sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
7161          version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
7162
7163        * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
7164          tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
7165
7166        * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
7167          build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
7168          with 'make install-tests'.
7169
7170        * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
7171          CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
7172          kernel.
7173
7174        * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
7175          removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
7176          in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
7177          where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
7178          by the Slice= option.
7179
7180        * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
7181          all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
7182          purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
7183          this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
7184
7185        * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
7186          following choices:
7187
7188           (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
7189           (D)ump, show the state of the unit
7190           (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
7191           (h)elp
7192           (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
7193           (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
7194           (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
7195           (y)es, execute the command
7196
7197          The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
7198          because its meaning was confusing.
7199
7200          The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
7201          specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
7202
7203        * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
7204          during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
7205          even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
7206
7207        * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
7208          ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
7209          state directly, without executing these commands.
7210
7211        * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
7212          an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
7213          names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
7214
7215        * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
7216          ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
7217          combination with After=) have been started.
7218
7219        * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
7220          system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
7221          setting, and which system calls they contain.
7222
7223        * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
7224          consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
7225          "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
7226          calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
7227          configuration related calls.
7228
7229        * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
7230          used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
7231          Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
7232          right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
7233          user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
7234          relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
7235          related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
7236
7237        * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
7238          setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
7239
7240        * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
7241          ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
7242          UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
7243
7244        * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
7245          excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
7246
7247        * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
7248          IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
7249          renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
7250          for compatibility.
7251
7252        * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
7253          addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
7254
7255        * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
7256          configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
7257
7258        * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
7259          support for negative matching.
7260
7261        * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
7262
7263          x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
7264          permitted runtime of the mount command.
7265
7266          x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
7267          backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
7268          if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
7269          configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
7270          on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
7271          drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
7272          removed from the drive.
7273
7274          x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
7275          order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
7276
7277        * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
7278          collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
7279
7280        * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
7281          queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
7282          jobs which it's blocking are shown.
7283
7284        * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
7285          (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
7286          combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
7287          directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
7288          if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
7289          reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
7290          this should still be suitable for many use cases.
7291
7292        * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
7293          specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
7294          "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
7295          "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
7296          repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
7297          "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
7298
7299        * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
7300          configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
7301
7302        * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
7303          way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
7304          sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
7305          machine ID in a well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
7306          useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
7307          identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
7308          scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
7309          keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
7310
7311        * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
7312          notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
7313          including all control processes.
7314
7315        * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
7316          Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
7317          was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
7318
7319        * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
7320          bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
7321          prefixing the source path with "+".
7322
7323        * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
7324          automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
7325          that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
7326          directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
7327          example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
7328          mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
7329          with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
7330          to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
7331
7332        * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
7333          devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
7334          before).
7335
7336        * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
7337          automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
7338          partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
7339          passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
7340          data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
7341          accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
7342          the new --root-hash= command line option).
7343
7344        * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
7345          be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
7346          it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
7347          used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
7348          LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
7349          inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
7350          thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
7351          existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
7352          versions.
7353
7354        * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
7355          style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
7356          Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
7357          this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
7358          Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
7359          partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
7360          hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
7361          should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
7362          image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
7363          "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
7364          image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
7365          it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
7366          semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
7367          may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
7368          physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
7369          tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
7370          to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
7371          fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
7372          implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
7373          kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
7374          a Verity-enabled root partition.
7375
7376        * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
7377          accelerometer quirks.
7378
7379        * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
7380          for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
7381          providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
7382          ID of each service.
7383
7384        * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
7385          options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
7386          way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
7387          directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
7388          view.
7389
7390        * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
7391          environment variables:
7392
7393          https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
7394
7395        * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
7396          whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
7397          address.
7398
7399        * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
7400          systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
7401          and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
7402
7403        * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
7404          systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
7405          optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
7406          system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
7407          "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
7408          tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
7409          "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
7410          as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
7411          functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
7412          on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
7413          systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
7414          to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
7415          prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
7416
7417        * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
7418          partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
7419          for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
7420
7421        * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
7422          communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
7423
7424        * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
7425          for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
7426          /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
7427          --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
7428          hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
7429
7430        * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
7431          the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
7432          added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
7433
7434        * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
7435          automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
7436
7437        * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
7438          daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
7439          are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
7440          that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
7441
7442        * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
7443          effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
7444          a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
7445          image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
7446          and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
7447          those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
7448          Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
7449          services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
7450          possibly even including full integrity data.
7451
7452        * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
7453          argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
7454          "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
7455          RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
7456          are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
7457
7458        * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
7459          specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
7460          the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
7461          different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
7462          directly with systemd-nspawn.
7463
7464        * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
7465          addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
7466          these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
7467          properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
7468
7469        * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
7470          of coredumps in reverse order.
7471
7472        * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
7473          inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
7474          processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
7475          additional informational message in its output.
7476
7477        * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
7478          older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
7479          options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
7480
7481        * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
7482          to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
7483          scripting languages such as Python.
7484
7485        * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
7486          namespacing is enabled for them.
7487
7488        * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
7489          configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
7490          variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
7491          user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
7492          environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
7493          and ~/.config/environment.d/.
7494
7495        * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
7496          root key (KSK).
7497
7498        * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
7499          "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
7500          tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
7501
7502        Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
7503        Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
7504        Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
7505        Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
7506        Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
7507        David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
7508        Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
7509        Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
7510        Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
7511        Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
7512        Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
7513        Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
7514        Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
7515        Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
7516        Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
7517        Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
7518        Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
7519        Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
7520        Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
7521        Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
7522        Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
7523        Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
7524        Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
7525        Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
7526        Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
7527        Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
7528        Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
7529        YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
7530        Тихонов
7531
7532        — Berlin, 2017-03-01
7533
7534CHANGES WITH 232:
7535
7536        * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
7537          RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
7538          generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
7539          binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
7540          particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
7541          this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
7542
7543        * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
7544          the user or group of a service when that service exits.
7545
7546        * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
7547          load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
7548          addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
7549
7550        * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
7551          whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
7552          to be remounted read-only for a service.
7553
7554        * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
7555          modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
7556          Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
7557          restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
7558
7559        * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
7560          access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
7561
7562        * Various systemd services have been hardened with
7563          ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
7564          RestrictAddressFamilies=.
7565
7566        * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
7567          has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
7568          will be allocated from the range 61184…65519 for the lifetime of the
7569          service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
7570          module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
7571          started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
7572          any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
7573          service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
7574          ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
7575          permanent modifications to the system.
7576
7577        * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
7578          it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
7579          container or chroot environments.
7580
7581        * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
7582          boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
7583          under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
7584          mapped to nobody.
7585
7586        * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
7587          supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
7588          will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
7589          can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
7590
7591        * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
7592          usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
7593
7594        * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
7595          been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
7596          options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
7597          and the support is provisional.
7598
7599        * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
7600          (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
7601          unit files in the file system).
7602
7603        * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
7604          mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
7605          transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
7606          automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
7607          and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
7608          command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
7609          useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
7610          run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
7611          is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
7612          logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
7613          removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
7614          state is fixed automatically.
7615
7616        * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
7617          umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
7618          option.
7619
7620        * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
7621          the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
7622          through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
7623          /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
7624          mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
7625          else.
7626
7627        * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
7628          now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
7629          1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
7630          correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
7631          bootable on physical systems.
7632
7633        * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
7634
7635        * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
7636          graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
7637          graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
7638          systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
7639          used.
7640
7641        * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
7642          use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
7643          support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
7644          copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
7645
7646        * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
7647
7648        * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
7649          contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
7650          the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
7651          of the container).
7652
7653        * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
7654          files from the specified location.
7655
7656        * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
7657          /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
7658          the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
7659          be active.
7660
7661        * The hardware database has been extended to support
7662          ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
7663          trackball devices.
7664
7665          MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
7666          specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
7667          a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
7668
7669        * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
7670          synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
7671          specified service binary exited.)
7672
7673        * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
7674          wait until the units being started have terminated again.
7675
7676        * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
7677          timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
7678          suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
7679          "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
7680          --since= and --until= options.
7681
7682        * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
7683          systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
7684          are automatically propagated to the container.
7685
7686        * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
7687          from a single IP address can be limited with
7688          MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
7689          MaxConnections=.
7690
7691        * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
7692          configuration.
7693
7694        * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
7695          drop-ins.
7696
7697        * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
7698          Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
7699          can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
7700          TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
7701          GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
7702          [Link] section of .link files.
7703
7704        * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
7705          Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
7706          Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
7707          section of .netdev files.
7708
7709        * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
7710          added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
7711          and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
7712
7713        * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
7714          systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
7715          .network files.
7716
7717        * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
7718          $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
7719          encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
7720          service runtime cycle.
7721
7722        * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
7723          they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
7724          has been traditionally doing.
7725
7726        * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
7727          tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
7728          can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
7729          prevent any later plugins from running.
7730
7731        * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
7732          removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
7733          release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
7734          default of SplitMode=uid.
7735
7736        * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
7737          removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
7738          useful.
7739
7740        * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
7741          (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
7742          this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
7743          $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
7744          $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
7745          individual namespaces.
7746
7747        * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
7748          the output, as well as OS release information.
7749
7750        * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
7751
7752        * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
7753          sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
7754          sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
7755          tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
7756          counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
7757
7758        * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
7759          sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
7760          process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
7761          severed.
7762
7763        * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
7764          memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
7765          ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
7766          after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
7767          available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
7768          running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
7769          information about exit statuses and results.
7770
7771        * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
7772          when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
7773          a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
7774          neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
7775          expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
7776          configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
7777
7778              hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
7779
7780        * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
7781          /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
7782          behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
7783          than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
7784          an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
7785          operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
7786          entirely.
7787
7788        * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
7789          RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
7790          remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
7791
7792        * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
7793          services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
7794          ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
7795          run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
7796          is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
7797          the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
7798          making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
7799          service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
7800          relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
7801          invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
7802          uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
7803          invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
7804          environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
7805          GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
7806          but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
7807          retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
7808          long as the passed invocation ID is current.
7809
7810        * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
7811          resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
7812          "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
7813          listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
7814
7815        * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
7816          configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
7817          HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
7818          PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
7819
7820        * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
7821          systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
7822          the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
7823          contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
7824          distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
7825          additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
7826          using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
7827          that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
7828          pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
7829          systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
7830          option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
7831          fragment entirely.)
7832
7833        * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
7834          capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
7835          CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
7836
7837        * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
7838          file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
7839          name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
7840          FileDescriptorName= setting.
7841
7842        * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
7843          command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
7844          systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
7845          systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
7846          systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
7847          systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
7848
7849        * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
7850          file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
7851
7852        * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
7853          "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
7854
7855        * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
7856          that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
7857          namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
7858          existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
7859          skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
7860
7861        Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
7862        Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
7863        Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
7864        Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
7865        Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
7866        Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
7867        Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
7868        Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
7869        Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
7870        Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
7871        Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
7872        Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
7873        Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
7874        Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
7875        Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
7876        Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
7877        Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
7878        Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
7879        Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
7880        Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
7881        Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
7882        Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
7883        Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
7884        Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
7885        E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
7886        Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
7887
7888        — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
7889
7890CHANGES WITH 231:
7891
7892        * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
7893          with an additional special character as first argument of the
7894          assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
7895          line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
7896          Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
7897          similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
7898          configuration of this concept for each executed command line
7899          independently.
7900
7901        * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
7902          sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
7903
7904        * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
7905          specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
7906          physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
7907          amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
7908          the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
7909          RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
7910          values.
7911
7912        * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
7913          value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
7914          on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
7915          using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
7916          4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
7917
7918        * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
7919          syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
7920          defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
7921          7:10am every day.
7922
7923        * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
7924          ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
7925          InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
7926          applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
7927          the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
7928          used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
7929          well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
7930          available for compatibility.
7931
7932        * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
7933          (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
7934          of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
7935          shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
7936          systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
7937          processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
7938
7939        * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
7940          services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
7941          effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
7942          the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
7943          stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
7944          their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
7945          can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
7946          pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
7947          one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
7948
7949        * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
7950          will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
7951          avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
7952          /tmp.  However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
7953          images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
7954          "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
7955          desired options.
7956
7957        * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
7958          cgroup v2.
7959
7960        * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
7961          command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
7962          limited to subgroups of that group.
7963
7964        * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
7965          pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
7966          SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
7967          changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
7968          similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
7969          for system services is simplified substantially with this new
7970          concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
7971          enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
7972
7973        * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
7974          a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
7975          mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
7976          enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
7977          harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
7978          service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
7979          own long-running services.
7980
7981        * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
7982          boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
7983          acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
7984          scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
7985
7986        * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
7987          value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
7988          of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
7989          propagates this notification further to the service manager
7990          supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
7991          files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
7992          start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
7993          primitives.
7994
7995        * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
7996          "terminate".
7997
7998        * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
7999          link-local IPv6 addresses.
8000
8001        * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
8002          its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
8003          added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
8004          --flush-caches".
8005
8006        * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
8007          summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
8008          is shown.
8009
8010        * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
8011          on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
8012          performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
8013          resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
8014          configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
8015          127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
8016
8017        * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
8018          for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
8019          that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
8020          resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
8021          programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
8022          cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
8023          this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
8024          now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
8025          order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
8026          done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
8027          DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
8028          systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
8029          used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
8030          sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
8031          interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
8032          all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
8033          bus API instead.
8034
8035        * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
8036          VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
8037          in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
8038          more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
8039
8040        * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
8041          the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
8042          now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
8043          UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
8044
8045        * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
8046          renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
8047          setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
8048
8049        * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
8050          Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
8051
8052        * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
8053          interface configuration.
8054
8055        * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
8056          specifying the --force switch.
8057
8058        * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
8059          requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
8060          at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
8061
8062        * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
8063          file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
8064          don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
8065          in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
8066          ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
8067          the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
8068          the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
8069          to be handled.
8070
8071          New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
8072          been added to simplify packaging of generators.
8073
8074        * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
8075          distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
8076
8077        * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
8078          can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
8079          of persistent symlinks for that device.
8080
8081        * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
8082          to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
8083
8084        * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
8085          built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
8086          (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
8087          with future releases) that the components link to. This should
8088          decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
8089          disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
8090          neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
8091          released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
8092          linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
8093          library.
8094
8095        * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
8096          repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
8097          and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
8098          "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
8099          incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
8100          clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
8101          booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
8102          UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
8103          local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
8104          doc/HACKING for details.
8105
8106        * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
8107          distribution's bugtracker.
8108
8109        Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
8110        Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
8111        Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
8112        Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
8113        Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
8114        Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
8115        Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
8116        Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
8117        Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
8118        Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
8119        Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
8120        Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
8121        Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
8122        Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
8123        Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
8124        Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
8125        Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
8126        Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
8127        WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8128
8129        — Berlin, 2016-07-25
8130
8131CHANGES WITH 230:
8132
8133        * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
8134          "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
8135          passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
8136          during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
8137          downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
8138          report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
8139          interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
8140          limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
8141          probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
8142          yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
8143          networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
8144          automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
8145          might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
8146          the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
8147          again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
8148          production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
8149          nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
8150          and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
8151          applications.)
8152
8153        * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
8154          option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
8155          supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
8156
8157        * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
8158          part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
8159          logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
8160          setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
8161          changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
8162          cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
8163          intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
8164
8165          While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
8166          and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
8167          session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
8168          systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
8169          how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
8170          command works for tmux.
8171
8172          After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
8173          terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
8174          To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
8175          logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
8176          details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
8177          set lingering for themselves without authentication.
8178
8179          Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
8180          --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
8181
8182        * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
8183          InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
8184          user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
8185
8186        * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
8187
8188        * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
8189          Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
8190          enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
8191          hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
8192          now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
8193
8194          WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
8195          systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
8196          is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
8197          unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
8198
8199        * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
8200          active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
8201          enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
8202          by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
8203          lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
8204          status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
8205
8206        * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
8207          configured for the system and each .network file managed by
8208          systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
8209
8210        * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
8211          each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
8212          gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
8213          bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
8214          files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
8215          via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
8216
8217          A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
8218          configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
8219          address.
8220
8221          The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
8222          defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
8223          should be emitted.
8224
8225        * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
8226          systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
8227          supported.
8228
8229        * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
8230          when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
8231          logging performance.
8232
8233        * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
8234          sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
8235          can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
8236          file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
8237          deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
8238          with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
8239
8240        * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
8241          lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
8242          UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
8243          suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
8244
8245        * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
8246          stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
8247
8248        * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
8249          (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
8250          "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
8251
8252        * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
8253
8254        * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
8255          only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
8256          the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
8257          of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
8258
8259        * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
8260          by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
8261          for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
8262          refuse to operate on such files.
8263
8264        * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
8265          revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
8266          have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
8267
8268        * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
8269          just hidden container images.
8270
8271        * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
8272          directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
8273
8274        * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
8275          of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
8276          container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
8277          for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
8278          --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
8279          automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
8280          starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
8281          implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
8282          time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
8283          thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
8284          been changed to use this functionality by default.
8285
8286        * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
8287          creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
8288          that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
8289          running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
8290          common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
8291          these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
8292          may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
8293          only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
8294          implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
8295          each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
8296          zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
8297          terminates.
8298
8299        * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
8300          line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
8301          configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
8302          /etc/systemd/system.conf.
8303
8304        * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
8305          TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
8306          rate of the socket unit.
8307
8308        * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
8309          in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
8310          parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20…19 the
8311          value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
8312          is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
8313
8314        * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
8315          slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
8316          mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
8317          set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
8318          legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
8319          service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
8320          with this.
8321
8322        * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
8323          https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
8324
8325        * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
8326          merged into the kernel in its current form.
8327
8328        * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
8329          libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
8330          which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
8331          with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
8332          those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
8333
8334        * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
8335          for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
8336          CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
8337
8338        * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
8339          which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
8340          device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
8341          target is now included in early userspace.
8342
8343        Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
8344        Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
8345        Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
8346        Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
8347        Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
8348        R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
8349        Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
8350        Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
8351        Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
8352        Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
8353        John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
8354        Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
8355        Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
8356        Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
8357        Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
8358        mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
8359        Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
8360        Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
8361        Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
8362        Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
8363        Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
8364        Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
8365        Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
8366        Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
8367        Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
8368        Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8369
8370        — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
8371
8372CHANGES WITH 229:
8373
8374        * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
8375          set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
8376          validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
8377          default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
8378          next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
8379          by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
8380          service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
8381          to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
8382          network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
8383          now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
8384          are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
8385          for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
8386          resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
8387
8388        * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
8389          systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
8390          supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
8391          /usr/bin.
8392
8393        * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
8394          devices.
8395
8396        * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
8397          collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
8398          (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
8399          systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
8400          /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
8401          processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
8402          resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
8403          systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
8404          hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
8405          to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
8406          limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
8407          the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
8408          RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
8409          and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
8410          this limit.
8411
8412        * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
8413          and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
8414          the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
8415          the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
8416          coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
8417          logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
8418          default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
8419          default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
8420
8421        * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
8422          is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
8423          potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
8424          processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
8425          of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
8426          that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
8427          and group at package installation time.
8428
8429        * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
8430          for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
8431          and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
8432          new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
8433          --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
8434
8435        * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
8436          variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
8437          output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
8438          supports it.
8439
8440        * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
8441          DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
8442
8443        * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
8444          that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
8445          not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
8446          file is already initialized.
8447
8448        * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
8449          specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
8450          container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
8451          implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
8452          signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
8453          is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
8454          container image. This new logic is useful to support running
8455          arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
8456          generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
8457
8458        * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
8459          working directory for the process started in the container.
8460
8461        * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
8462          specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
8463          that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
8464          pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
8465          the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
8466
8467        * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
8468          sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
8469          that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
8470
8471        * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
8472          record field names currently in use in the journal.  This is backed
8473          by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
8474          sd_journal_restart_fields().
8475
8476        * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
8477          "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
8478          from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
8479          means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
8480          turn off previously existing timeout settings.
8481
8482        * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
8483          try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
8484          logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
8485          The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
8486
8487        * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
8488          release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
8489          to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
8490          to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
8491          1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
8492          in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
8493          before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
8494          in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
8495          clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
8496          /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
8497          initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
8498          by PID 1.
8499
8500        * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
8501          NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
8502          people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
8503          Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
8504          that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
8505          these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
8506          legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
8507          kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
8508
8509            https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
8510
8511        * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
8512          to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
8513          service is terminated and put into a failure state.
8514
8515        * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
8516          configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
8517          passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
8518          recent kernels.
8519
8520        * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
8521          to configure hard and soft limits individually.
8522
8523        * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
8524          expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
8525          Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
8526          versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
8527          pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
8528          pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
8529          functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
8530          construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
8531          extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
8532          now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
8533          that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
8534          and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
8535          LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
8536
8537        * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
8538          allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
8539          time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
8540          clusters or larger setups.
8541
8542        * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
8543
8544        * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
8545          sockets.
8546
8547        * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
8548
8549        * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
8550          compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
8551          was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
8552          lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
8553          compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
8554          officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
8555
8556        * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
8557          micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
8558          importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
8559
8560        * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
8561          tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
8562          been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
8563          create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
8564
8565                  d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
8566
8567        * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
8568          and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
8569          unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
8570          not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
8571          understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
8572          maintain compatibility.
8573
8574        Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
8575        Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
8576        Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
8577        Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
8578        Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
8579        David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
8580        Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
8581        Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
8582        Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
8583        Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
8584        Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
8585        lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
8586        Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
8587        Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
8588        Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
8589        Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
8590        Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
8591        Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
8592        Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8593
8594        — Berlin, 2016-02-11
8595
8596CHANGES WITH 228:
8597
8598        * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
8599          files are now also available as properties to set when
8600          creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
8601          is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
8602          setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
8603          SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
8604          EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
8605          ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
8606          ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
8607
8608        * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
8609          possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
8610          STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
8611
8612        * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
8613          similar to the way service and scope units may already be
8614          created transiently.
8615
8616        * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
8617          (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
8618          timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
8619          are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
8620          instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
8621          optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
8622          these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
8623          specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
8624
8625        * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
8626          journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
8627          disk and sync the files, before returning.
8628
8629        * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
8630          operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
8631          hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
8632          enabled.
8633
8634        * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
8635          instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
8636          root directory is a plain directory, and not a
8637          subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
8638          environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
8639          subvolumes.
8640
8641        * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
8642          whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
8643
8644        * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
8645          individual indexes.
8646
8647        * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
8648          LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, … suffixes to
8649          the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
8650          limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, … suffixes
8651          now.
8652
8653        * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
8654          control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
8655          scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
8656          setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
8657          and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
8658          setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
8659          not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
8660          create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
8661          version on. Note that this means that thread- or
8662          process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
8663          TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
8664          TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
8665          even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
8666          UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
8667          number of processes or tasks each user may own
8668          concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
8669          value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
8670          only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
8671          enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
8672          should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
8673          certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
8674
8675        * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
8676          to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
8677          links between the host and the container.
8678
8679        * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
8680          added that allows importing select environment variables
8681          from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
8682          the service.
8683
8684        * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
8685          setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
8686          exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
8687          off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
8688          cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
8689          transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
8690          than until they first elapse.
8691
8692        * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
8693          default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
8694          for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
8695          allows substantially larger numbers of queued
8696          datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
8697          parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
8698          to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
8699          from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
8700
8701        * The compression framing format used by the journal or
8702          coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
8703          official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
8704          systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
8705          was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
8706          this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
8707          distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
8708          as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
8709          it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
8710          journal and in coredump handling.
8711
8712        * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
8713          systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
8714          systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
8715          set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
8716          sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
8717          with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
8718          /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
8719          software you package still references it, as this is a
8720          likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
8721          asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
8722
8723          https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
8724
8725          Note that only util-linux versions built with
8726          --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
8727
8728        * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
8729          feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
8730          has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
8731
8732        * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
8733          RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
8734          have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
8735          other options that provide a similar effect (such as
8736          systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
8737          and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
8738          implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
8739          these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
8740          these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
8741          simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
8742          changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
8743          instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
8744          options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
8745          too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
8746          files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
8747          only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
8748
8749        * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
8750          (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
8751          but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
8752          to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
8753          enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
8754          never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
8755          IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
8756          similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
8757          per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
8758          surprises.
8759
8760        * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
8761          changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
8762          to the various user database fields of the user that the
8763          systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
8764          configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
8765          effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
8766          specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
8767          of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
8768          --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
8769          resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
8770          lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
8771          hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
8772          systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
8773          from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
8774          account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
8775          this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
8776          credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
8777          of PID 1 is the root user).
8778
8779        Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
8780        Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
8781        Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
8782        Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
8783        Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
8784        Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
8785        Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
8786        Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
8787        Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
8788        Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
8789        Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
8790        Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
8791        Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
8792        Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
8793        Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8794
8795        — Berlin, 2015-11-18
8796
8797CHANGES WITH 227:
8798
8799        * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
8800          the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
8801          replaces systemd's former own implementation.
8802
8803        * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
8804          systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
8805          /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
8806          long time, so systems running systemd should already have
8807          stopped having this file around as anything else than a
8808          symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
8809
8810        * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added.  It
8811          allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
8812          enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
8813          TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
8814          global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
8815
8816        * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
8817          It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
8818          cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
8819          shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
8820          class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
8821          packets on unestablished sockets.
8822
8823          This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
8824          enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
8825          assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
8826          automatically.
8827
8828        * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
8829          system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
8830          used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
8831
8832        * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
8833          in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
8834          frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
8835          for disk IO.
8836
8837        * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
8838          'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
8839          removed.
8840
8841        * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
8842          to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
8843          directory is set to the home directory of the user
8844          configured in User=.
8845
8846        * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
8847          directory of the selected user by default.
8848
8849        * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
8850          CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
8851          abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
8852          supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
8853          an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
8854          formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
8855          compat reasons.
8856
8857        * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
8858          NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
8859          RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
8860          units.
8861
8862        * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
8863          to change the logging target the system manager logs to
8864          dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
8865          "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
8866          level.
8867
8868        * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
8869          set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
8870          enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
8871          namespaces work correctly.
8872
8873        * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
8874          allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
8875          activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
8876          have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
8877          activation.
8878
8879        * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
8880          additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
8881          the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
8882          running the systemd user instance, or when running the
8883          system instance in a container.
8884
8885        * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
8886          and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
8887          decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
8888          object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
8889          has been added to flush and close per-thread default
8890          connections.
8891
8892        * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
8893          show the control groups within a certain container only.
8894
8895        * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
8896          switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
8897          processes have been killed, because the unit had no
8898          processes attached, or similar.
8899
8900        * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
8901          been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
8902          also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
8903
8904        * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
8905          specifiers like %i or %f.
8906
8907        * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
8908          that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
8909          based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
8910          detecting DHCP address conflicts.
8911
8912        * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
8913          named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
8914          access the names.  The default names may be overridden,
8915          either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
8916          parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
8917          descriptors using sd_notify().
8918
8919        * systemd-networkd gained support for:
8920
8921            - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
8922              IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
8923
8924            - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
8925              ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
8926
8927            - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
8928              .network files.
8929
8930        * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
8931          passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
8932          caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
8933          available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
8934          a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
8935          with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
8936          available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
8937          caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
8938          "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
8939          switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
8940          caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
8941          enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
8942          unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
8943          user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
8944          gdm-autologin is used.
8945
8946        * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
8947          pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
8948          file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
8949          next to the image file.
8950
8951        * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
8952          Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
8953          ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
8954          special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
8955
8956        * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
8957          service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
8958          state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
8959          systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
8960          only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
8961          system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
8962
8963        * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
8964          files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
8965          in addition to the already existing control by size and by
8966          date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
8967          degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
8968          putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
8969          to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
8970          and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
8971          "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
8972          manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
8973          number of files in place.
8974
8975        * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
8976          on kernels where that is supported.
8977
8978        * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
8979
8980        Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
8981        Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
8982        (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
8983        Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
8984        Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
8985        de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
8986        Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
8987        Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
8988        Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
8989        Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
8990        Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
8991        Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
8992        Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
8993        Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
8994        Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
8995        Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
8996        Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
8997        Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
8998
8999        — Berlin, 2015-10-07
9000
9001CHANGES WITH 226:
9002
9003        * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
9004          new features:
9005
9006          - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
9007            information. It may be enabled and configured via
9008            EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
9009            and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
9010            configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
9011            is any) is propagated.
9012
9013          - Server and client now support transmission and reception
9014            of timezone information. It can be configured via the
9015            newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
9016            EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=.  Transmission of timezone
9017            information is enabled between host and containers by
9018            default now: the container will change its local timezone
9019            to what the host has set.
9020
9021          - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
9022            MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
9023
9024          - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
9025            leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
9026            information back, even if the server loses state.
9027
9028          - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
9029            control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
9030            PoolSize=.
9031
9032        * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
9033          now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
9034          modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
9035          that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
9036
9037        * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
9038          session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
9039          --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
9040          kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
9041          'dbus-daemon' systems.
9042
9043        * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
9044          for virtio devices.
9045
9046        * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
9047          "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
9048          command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
9049          systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
9050          directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
9051          available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
9052          hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
9053          mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
9054          wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
9055          environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
9056          use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
9057          unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
9058          unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
9059          Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
9060          experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
9061          of the next kernel releases.  Therefore, it should not be
9062          enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
9063          minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
9064          work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
9065          for the first time delegated access to controllers is
9066          safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
9067          access to controllers now, as will systemd user
9068          sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
9069          manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
9070          grants them.
9071
9072        * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
9073          that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
9074          determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
9075          1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
9076          group tree.
9077
9078        * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
9079          threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
9080          count of processes is now recursively summed up by
9081          default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
9082          revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
9083          work correctly in containers now.
9084
9085        * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
9086          extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
9087
9088        * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
9089          sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
9090          a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
9091          function call is particularly useful when implementing
9092          delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
9093
9094        * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
9095          correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
9096          signal events.
9097
9098        * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
9099          will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
9100          name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
9101          policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
9102
9103        * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
9104          accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
9105          may contain additional settings for the container. This is
9106          an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
9107          nspawn command line.
9108
9109        Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
9110        Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
9111        Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
9112        Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
9113        Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
9114        Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
9115        Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
9116        Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
9117
9118        — Berlin, 2015-09-08
9119
9120CHANGES WITH 225:
9121
9122        * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
9123          shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
9124          the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
9125          shell directly without prompting for username or
9126          password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
9127          host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
9128          be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
9129          a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
9130          the originating session.
9131
9132        * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
9133          options and allows other programs to query the values.
9134
9135        * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
9136          longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
9137          was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
9138          available. As unit file operations are still protected via
9139          polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
9140          distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
9141          probably not stabilize on this release.
9142
9143        * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
9144          test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
9145          messages.
9146
9147        * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
9148          caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
9149          is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
9150
9151        * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
9152          operate on journal files in a specific directory.
9153
9154        * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
9155          "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
9156          wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
9157          system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
9158          figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
9159          posteriori.
9160
9161        * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
9162          network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
9163
9164        * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
9165          UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
9166          handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
9167          enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
9168          user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
9169          "lastlog" tools.
9170
9171        * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
9172          records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
9173          the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
9174          RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
9175          NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
9176
9177        Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
9178        Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
9179        Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
9180        Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
9181        Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
9182        Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
9183        Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
9184        Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
9185        reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
9186        Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
9187        Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
9188        WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9189
9190        — Berlin, 2015-08-27
9191
9192CHANGES WITH 224:
9193
9194        * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
9195          systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
9196
9197        * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
9198          devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
9199          option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
9200
9201        Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
9202        Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9203        Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
9204
9205        — Berlin, 2015-07-31
9206
9207CHANGES WITH 223:
9208
9209        * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
9210          A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
9211          now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
9212          for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
9213
9214        * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
9215          (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
9216
9217        * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
9218          sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
9219
9220        * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
9221
9222          - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
9223            'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
9224            device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
9225
9226          - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
9227            If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
9228            decapsulated packet.
9229
9230          - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
9231            'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
9232            and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
9233            respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
9234            netlink attribute.
9235
9236          - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
9237            to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
9238            is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
9239            system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
9240
9241          - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
9242            networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
9243            according to RFC2460.
9244
9245          - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
9246            the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
9247
9248        * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
9249          cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
9250          by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
9251
9252        * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
9253          containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
9254          translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
9255          nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
9256          (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
9257          mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
9258
9259        Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
9260        Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
9261        HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
9262        Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
9263        Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
9264        Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
9265        Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
9266        Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
9267        Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
9268        Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9269
9270        — Berlin, 2015-07-29
9271
9272CHANGES WITH 222:
9273
9274        * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
9275          There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
9276          or should be used to work around such bugs.
9277
9278        * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
9279          indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
9280
9281        * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
9282          is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
9283          older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
9284          accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
9285          Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
9286
9287        * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
9288          which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
9289          for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
9290
9291        * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
9292          main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
9293          next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
9294          the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
9295          separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
9296
9297            https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
9298
9299        Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
9300        Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
9301        daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
9302        Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
9303        Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
9304        (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9305        Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
9306        Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
9307        Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
9308        Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9309
9310        — Berlin, 2015-07-07
9311
9312CHANGES WITH 221:
9313
9314        * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
9315          stable and have been added to the official interface of
9316          libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
9317          library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
9318          supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
9319          backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
9320          is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
9321          prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
9322          choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
9323          implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
9324          portable to other kernels.
9325
9326        * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
9327          always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
9328          runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
9329          that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
9330          --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
9331          command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
9332          module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
9333          also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
9334          begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
9335          development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
9336          systemd enabled.
9337
9338        * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
9339          2.26.
9340
9341        * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
9342          favor of calling an abstraction tool
9343          /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
9344          implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
9345          in README for details.
9346
9347        * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
9348          same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
9349          for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
9350          (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
9351          unit.
9352
9353        * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
9354          into man pages.
9355
9356        * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
9357          external project.
9358
9359        * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
9360          "raw" (machine parsable) output.
9361
9362        * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
9363          new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
9364          change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
9365          state.
9366
9367        * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
9368          property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
9369          system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
9370
9371        Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
9372        Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
9373        Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
9374        David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
9375        Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
9376        Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
9377        Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
9378        Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
9379        Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
9380        Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
9381        Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
9382        Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
9383        Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
9384        Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
9385        Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
9386        Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9387
9388        — Berlin, 2015-06-19
9389
9390CHANGES WITH 220:
9391
9392        * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
9393          available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
9394          It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
9395          are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
9396          gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
9397          in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
9398          also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
9399          https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
9400
9401        * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
9402          service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
9403          CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
9404          service consumed). This value is only available if
9405          CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
9406          in the "systemctl status" output.
9407
9408        * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
9409          runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
9410          hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
9411          multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
9412          previously was already the default behaviour).
9413
9414        * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
9415          expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
9416          units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
9417
9418        * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
9419          systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
9420          automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
9421          minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
9422
9423        * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
9424          x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
9425          additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
9426          journaling file systems that support external journal
9427          devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
9428          systems to be mounted.
9429
9430        * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
9431          daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
9432          distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
9433          stable release this should not be problematic.
9434
9435        * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
9436          it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
9437          remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
9438          the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
9439          corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
9440
9441        * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
9442          detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
9443          configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
9444          interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
9445          network switches.
9446
9447        * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
9448          client identifier to use when requesting leases.
9449
9450        * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
9451          configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
9452          is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
9453
9454        * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
9455
9456        * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
9457          /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
9458          it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
9459          forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
9460          /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
9461          configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
9462          "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
9463          no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
9464          on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
9465          IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
9466          implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
9467          been fixed in v220.
9468
9469        * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
9470          systemd-networkd.
9471
9472        * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
9473          properties for the container scope. This is useful for
9474          setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
9475          containers started from the command line.
9476
9477        * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
9478          use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
9479
9480        * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
9481          in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
9482          directly to the process invoked in the container, without
9483          indirection via a pseudo tty.
9484
9485        * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
9486          signal to use when killing the init process of the container
9487          when shutting down.
9488
9489        * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
9490          overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
9491          overlayfs support.
9492
9493        * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
9494          the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
9495          file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
9496          system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
9497          enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
9498          file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
9499          images are imported via systemd-importd.
9500
9501        * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
9502          quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
9503          is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
9504
9505        * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
9506          .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
9507          can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
9508          of v1 as before).
9509
9510        * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
9511          images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
9512
9513        * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
9514          now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
9515          systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
9516          without further privileges or authorization.
9517
9518        * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
9519          previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
9520          as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
9521          functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
9522          accessible via a bus interface.
9523
9524        * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
9525          can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
9526          is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
9527          to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
9528          to cover this functionality.
9529
9530        * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
9531          now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
9532          that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
9533          disabled/masked also stopped.
9534
9535        * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
9536          systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
9537          updated to support systemd-boot.
9538
9539        * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
9540          kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
9541          but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
9542          information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
9543          single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
9544          step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
9545          like this and can extract OS release information from them
9546          and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
9547          to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
9548
9549        * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
9550          fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
9551          system.
9552
9553        * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
9554          default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
9555          logic has been turned into an allow list that requires picking block
9556          devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
9557
9558        * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
9559          added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
9560          replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
9561          is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
9562
9563        * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
9564          stick devices has been added.
9565
9566        * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
9567          similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
9568
9569        * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
9570          btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
9571          with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
9572          allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
9573          journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
9574
9575        * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
9576          human readable identifiers when writing them to the
9577          journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
9578
9579        * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
9580          options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
9581          Debian.
9582
9583        * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
9584          distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
9585          desktop edition, a server edition, …)
9586
9587        Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
9588        Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
9589        Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
9590        Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
9591        Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
9592        Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
9593        Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
9594        Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
9595        Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
9596        Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
9597        Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
9598        Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
9599        Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
9600        Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
9601        De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
9602        Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
9603        Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
9604        Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
9605        Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
9606        Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
9607        Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
9608        Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
9609        Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
9610        Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
9611        Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
9612        Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
9613        Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9614
9615        — Berlin, 2015-05-22
9616
9617CHANGES WITH 219:
9618
9619        * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
9620          metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
9621          and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
9622          library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
9623          around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
9624          interface with and update the database.
9625
9626        * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
9627          tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
9628          before bytewise copying is done.
9629
9630        * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
9631          specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
9632          directory, and immediately removed when the container
9633          terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
9634          changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
9635          lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
9636          for starting a container off the root file system of the
9637          host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
9638          available on btrfs file systems.
9639
9640        * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
9641          path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
9642          specified via --directory=, should that directory be
9643          missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
9644          on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
9645          systems.
9646
9647        * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
9648          mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
9649          the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
9650          mount point remains.
9651
9652        * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
9653          unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
9654          types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
9655          specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
9656          supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
9657          non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
9658          supported if their respective kernel compile time options
9659          are disabled.
9660
9661        * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
9662          "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
9663          container to the host or vice versa.
9664
9665        * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
9666          mount host directories into local containers. This is
9667          currently only supported for nspawn containers.
9668
9669        * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
9670          database entries (fdb) from .network files.
9671
9672        * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
9673          download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
9674          and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
9675          that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
9676          verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
9677          provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
9678          decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
9679          and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
9680          separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
9681          fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
9682          gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
9683          make the functionality of importd available to the
9684          user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
9685          images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
9686          (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
9687          currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
9688          soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
9689          only fully supported on btrfs.
9690
9691        * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
9692          /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
9693          disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
9694          quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
9695          "image-status" has been added that shows additional
9696          information about images.
9697
9698        * machinectl is now able to clone container images
9699          efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
9700          it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
9701          gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
9702          marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
9703          legacy file systems).
9704
9705        * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
9706          announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
9707          shown in networkctl output.
9708
9709        * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
9710          invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
9711          connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
9712          processes as system services while interactively
9713          communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
9714          this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
9715          "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
9716          full login session, the difference being that the former
9717          will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
9718          setup.
9719
9720        * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
9721          btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
9722          file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
9723          normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
9724          created like this at boot, should it be missing.
9725
9726        * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
9727          been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
9728          been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
9729          VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
9730          this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
9731          via qemu/kvm.
9732
9733        * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
9734          or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
9735          root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
9736          /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
9737          to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
9738          disk images, too.
9739
9740        * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
9741          supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
9742          the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
9743          integrate with that.
9744
9745        * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
9746          container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
9747          equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
9748          but handles escaping in a nicer way.
9749
9750        * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
9751          read-only into each container, with the exception of the
9752          container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
9753
9754        * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
9755          journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
9756          avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
9757          is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
9758          integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
9759          ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
9760          its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
9761          checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
9762          full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
9763          errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
9764
9765        * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
9766          have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
9767          files.
9768
9769        * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
9770          per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
9771          that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
9772          restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
9773          invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
9774          passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
9775          various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
9776          are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
9777          may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
9778          an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
9779          on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
9780          defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
9781          explicitly turned on.
9782
9783        * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
9784          terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
9785          vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
9786          but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
9787
9788        * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
9789          supported.
9790
9791        * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
9792          now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
9793          user/session following the status output. Similar,
9794          "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
9795          associated with a virtual machine or container
9796          service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
9797          done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
9798          container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
9799          output however.)
9800
9801        * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
9802          show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
9803          "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
9804          "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
9805          session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
9806          caller's session/user.
9807
9808        * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
9809          $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
9810          --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
9811          compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
9812          user services.
9813
9814        * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
9815          same way as unit files.
9816
9817        * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
9818          per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
9819          masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
9820          containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
9821          nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
9822          automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
9823          further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
9824          the host.
9825
9826        * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
9827          or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
9828          it is possible to run containers with private veth links
9829          (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
9830          the host as if their services were running directly on the
9831          host.
9832
9833        * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
9834          version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
9835          useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
9836          updated to make use of it too by default.
9837
9838        * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
9839          ensure that the same image is not started more than once
9840          writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
9841          simultaneously in read-only mode.)
9842
9843        * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
9844          dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
9845          only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
9846          supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
9847          IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
9848          distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
9849          modification.
9850
9851        * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
9852          hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
9853          information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
9854          supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
9855          that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
9856          information about Touchpad types.
9857
9858        * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
9859          dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
9860
9861        * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
9862          Policy link field.
9863
9864        * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
9865          "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
9866
9867        * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
9868          ACLs on files.
9869
9870        * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
9871          tmpfs, automatically.
9872
9873        * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
9874          attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
9875          status" output, if available.
9876
9877        * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
9878          immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
9879          hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
9880          operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
9881          all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
9882          run on next reboot.
9883
9884        * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
9885          considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
9886          mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
9887          triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
9888          unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
9889          automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
9890          ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
9891
9892        * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
9893          specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
9894          after a configurable timeout.
9895
9896        * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
9897          restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
9898          change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
9899          at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
9900          it non-idle.
9901
9902        * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
9903          addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
9904
9905        * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
9906          each .network interface in networkd.
9907
9908        * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
9909          in .network files.
9910
9911        * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
9912          of multiple space-separated matches per item.
9913
9914        Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
9915        Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
9916        Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
9917        Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
9918        Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
9919        Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
9920        Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
9921        Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
9922        Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
9923        Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
9924        Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
9925        Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9926        Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
9927        Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
9928        Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
9929        Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
9930        Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
9931        Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
9932        Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
9933        Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
9934        Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
9935        Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
9936        Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
9937        Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9938
9939        — Berlin, 2015-02-16
9940
9941CHANGES WITH 218:
9942
9943        * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
9944          "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
9945          which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
9946          another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
9947
9948        * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
9949          units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
9950          failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
9951          to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
9952          a unit start operation and its job to fail.
9953
9954        * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
9955
9956        * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
9957          file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
9958          configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
9959          copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
9960          user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
9961          modified configuration after editing.
9962
9963        * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
9964          for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
9965          system preset files.
9966
9967        * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
9968          "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
9969          gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
9970          name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
9971          currently configured. Note that the name will only be
9972          resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
9973          configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
9974          systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
9975          other contexts.
9976
9977        * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
9978          inhibitors.
9979
9980        * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
9981          property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
9982          unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
9983          useful for systemd user instances as well as container
9984          managers.
9985
9986        * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
9987          the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
9988          audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
9989          journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
9990          ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
9991          implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
9992          special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
9993          the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
9994          parallel to journald.
9995
9996        * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
9997          special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
9998          available.
9999
10000        * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
10001          --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
10002          remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
10003          or are not older than the specified time.
10004
10005        * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
10006          systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
10007          library will be used in a future version of networkd to
10008          enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
10009
10010        * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
10011          works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
10012          trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
10013          compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
10014          be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
10015          communication.
10016
10017        * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
10018          the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
10019          services.
10020
10021        * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
10022          shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
10023          including their signature and values. This is particularly
10024          useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
10025          the new "busctl tree" command.
10026
10027        * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
10028          "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
10029          calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
10030          friendly way.
10031
10032        * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
10033          whether the tool shall augment credential information it
10034          gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
10035          race-ful way.
10036
10037        * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
10038          "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
10039          "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
10040          journaling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
10041          --link-journal=try-guest.
10042
10043        * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
10044          stable MAC addresses.
10045
10046        * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
10047          controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
10048          the respective unit shall use.
10049
10050        * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
10051          verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
10052          will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
10053          requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
10054
10055        * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
10056          fields is now collected and included in the journal records
10057          created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
10058          environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
10059          chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
10060          descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
10061
10062        * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
10063          details see:
10064
10065          http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
10066
10067        * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
10068          files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
10069          .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
10070          /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
10071          --enable-split-usr) /lib/.  In particular, the following
10072          configuration files now have corresponding configuration
10073          directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
10074          journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
10075          resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
10076          journal-upload.conf.  Note that distributions should use the
10077          configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
10078          /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
10079
10080        * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
10081          into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
10082          might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
10083          ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
10084          bluetooth, …) is used.
10085
10086        * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
10087          added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
10088          boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
10089          file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
10090          created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
10091          booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
10092          installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
10093          a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
10094
10095        * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
10096          configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
10097          bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
10098          files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
10099          routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
10100          OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
10101          original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
10102          may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
10103          and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
10104          interface.
10105
10106        * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
10107          UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
10108          LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
10109          luks.name= argument.
10110
10111        * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
10112          (this was previously already available for scope and service
10113          units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
10114          transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
10115          "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
10116          running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
10117
10118        * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
10119          extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
10120          used to assign SMACK labels to files.
10121
10122        Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
10123        Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
10124        Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
10125        Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
10126        Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
10127        Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
10128        Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
10129        Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
10130        Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
10131        Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
10132        Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
10133        Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
10134        Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
10135        Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
10136        Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
10137        Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
10138        Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
10139        Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10140
10141        — Berlin, 2014-12-10
10142
10143CHANGES WITH 217:
10144
10145        * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
10146          on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
10147          show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
10148          accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
10149
10150        * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
10151          flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
10152          persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
10153          now waits until the operation is complete.
10154
10155        * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
10156          (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
10157          STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
10158          internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
10159          the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
10160          connection.
10161
10162        * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
10163          commands anymore.
10164
10165        * User units are now loaded also from
10166          $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
10167          /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
10168          supported, but is under the control of the user.
10169
10170        * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
10171          queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
10172          immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
10173          JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
10174          units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
10175          undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
10176          operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
10177          turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
10178          basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
10179          15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
10180          an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
10181          functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
10182          on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
10183          accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
10184          whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
10185          question.
10186
10187        * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
10188          events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
10189          are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
10190
10191        * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
10192          used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
10193          generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
10194          command line to trigger resume.
10195
10196        * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
10197          added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
10198          single terminal on each session of the user marked as
10199          Desktop=systemd-console.
10200
10201        * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
10202          systemd-networkd.
10203
10204        * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
10205          from the information provided by the networking stack
10206          (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
10207
10208        * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
10209          the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
10210
10211        * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
10212          minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
10213          help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
10214
10215        * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
10216
10217        * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
10218          circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
10219          rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
10220          age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
10221          rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
10222          maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
10223
10224        * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
10225          Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
10226          respected.
10227
10228        * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
10229          virtualization.
10230
10231        * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
10232          the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
10233          systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
10234          on.
10235
10236        * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
10237
10238                net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
10239
10240          This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
10241          queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
10242          fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
10243          a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
10244          Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
10245          servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
10246          Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
10247
10248        * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
10249          available for service units, that allows locking all service
10250          processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
10251          access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
10252          from the service's view entirely.
10253
10254        * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
10255          networkd has applied to a specific interface.
10256
10257        * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
10258          query which desktop environment has been selected for a
10259          session.
10260
10261        * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
10262          legacy-free systems.
10263
10264        * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
10265          "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
10266          easily.
10267
10268        * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
10269          the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
10270          rescue.target), which was previously available only by
10271          specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
10272          command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
10273          mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
10274          option.
10275
10276        * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
10277          mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
10278          rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
10279          /usr.
10280
10281        * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
10282          services, not only the main process.
10283
10284        * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
10285          means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
10286          operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
10287          occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
10288          v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
10289
10290        * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
10291          its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
10292          and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
10293          display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
10294          directly from now on, again.
10295
10296        * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
10297          message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
10298          authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
10299          now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
10300          many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
10301          enabling and disabling.
10302
10303        * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
10304          placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
10305          /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
10306          /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
10307          ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
10308          pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
10309          unnecessary or unlikely.
10310
10311        * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
10312          understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
10313          "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
10314          "annually", "hourly", …).
10315
10316        * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
10317          at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
10318          recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
10319          and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
10320          overwritten at runtime.
10321
10322        * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
10323          and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
10324          terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
10325          to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
10326          generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
10327          similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
10328          segmentation fault.
10329
10330        Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
10331        Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
10332        Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
10333        Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
10334        Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
10335        Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
10336        Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
10337        Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
10338        Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
10339        Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
10340        Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
10341        Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
10342        Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
10343        Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
10344        Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
10345        Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
10346        Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
10347        Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
10348        Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
10349        Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
10350        Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
10351        Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10352
10353        — Berlin, 2014-10-28
10354
10355CHANGES WITH 216:
10356
10357        * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
10358          /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
10359          implementations should add a
10360
10361            Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
10362
10363          to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
10364          default functionality.
10365
10366        * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
10367          which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
10368          from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
10369          that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
10370          created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
10371          information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
10372          invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
10373          users before the first RPM file is installed since these
10374          files might need to be owned by them. A new
10375          %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
10376          just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
10377          well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
10378          compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
10379
10380        * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
10381          permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
10382          conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
10383          interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
10384          added eventually, too.
10385
10386        * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
10387          deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
10388          location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
10389          new command to update these fields.
10390
10391        * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
10392          NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
10393          have been discovered via DHCP.
10394
10395        * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
10396          and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
10397          NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
10398          instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
10399          systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
10400          be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
10401          the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
10402          multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
10403          and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
10404          interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
10405          properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
10406          separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
10407          DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
10408          which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
10409          "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
10410          query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
10411          IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
10412          on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
10413          next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
10414          implementation to systemd-resolved.
10415
10416        * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
10417          automatically resolves the names of all local registered
10418          containers to their respective IP addresses.
10419
10420        * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
10421          added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
10422          networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
10423          and present it to the user in a very friendly
10424          way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
10425          control utility for networkd.
10426
10427        * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
10428          controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
10429          TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
10430          settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
10431          KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
10432          turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
10433          (NoDelay=).
10434
10435        * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
10436          like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
10437
10438        * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
10439          be started only after time-sync.target has been
10440          reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
10441          clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
10442          similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
10443          machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
10444
10445        * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
10446          stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
10447          of the link.
10448
10449        * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
10450          container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
10451
10452        * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
10453          3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
10454
10455        * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
10456          FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
10457          configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
10458          for DHCP.
10459
10460        * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
10461          timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
10462          kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
10463          concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
10464          considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
10465          doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
10466          (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
10467          as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
10468
10469        * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
10470          validation of unit files.
10471
10472        * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
10473          settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
10474          statically configured routes may now be configured. For
10475          network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
10476          address may now be configured.
10477
10478        * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
10479          broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
10480          For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
10481          be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
10482
10483        * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
10484          enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
10485
10486        * udev will now default to respect network device names given
10487          by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
10488          predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
10489          NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
10490
10491        * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
10492          implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
10493          library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
10494          full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
10495          implementation.
10496
10497        * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
10498          journal data to a remote system running
10499          systemd-journal-remote.
10500
10501        * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
10502          running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
10503          rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
10504          implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
10505          instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
10506          forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
10507          more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
10508          off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
10509          version, you have to turn this option on again
10510          (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
10511
10512        * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
10513          larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
10514          better than XZ which was the previous default.
10515
10516        * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
10517          if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
10518
10519        * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
10520          easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
10521
10522        * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
10523          which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
10524          "systemctl status" output for a service.
10525
10526        * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
10527          queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
10528          hostname, root password) interactively on first
10529          boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
10530          things offline on OS images installed into directories.
10531
10532        * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
10533
10534                net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
10535
10536          This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
10537          when primary addresses are removed.
10538
10539        Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
10540        Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
10541        Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
10542        Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
10543        Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
10544        B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
10545        Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10546        Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
10547        Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
10548        Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
10549        Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
10550        Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
10551        Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
10552        Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
10553        Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10554
10555        — Berlin, 2014-08-19
10556
10557CHANGES WITH 215:
10558
10559        * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
10560          creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
10561          /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
10562          definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
10563          enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
10564          an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
10565          groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
10566          with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
10567          users and groups systemd and the core operating system
10568          require.
10569
10570        * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
10571          essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
10572
10573        * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
10574          /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
10575          configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
10576          implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
10577          man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
10578          implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
10579          automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
10580
10581        * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
10582          may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
10583          are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
10584          /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
10585          after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
10586          next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
10587          update or reset should use this condition and order
10588          themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
10589          will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
10590          service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
10591          the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
10592          dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
10593          described above also makes use of this now. With this in
10594          place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
10595          system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
10596          concepts involved see this recent blog story:
10597
10598          http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
10599
10600        * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
10601          input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
10602          for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
10603          complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
10604
10605        * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
10606          addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
10607          learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
10608          support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
10609          passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
10610          known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
10611          [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
10612          .network files using settings of this section should be
10613          updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
10614          client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
10615
10616        * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
10617          as tun/tap and dummy devices.
10618
10619        * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
10620          ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
10621          addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
10622          number of interfaces with a single network configuration
10623          file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
10624          appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
10625          of nspawn instances.
10626
10627        * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
10628          drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
10629          added.
10630
10631        * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
10632          /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
10633          created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
10634          location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
10635          vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
10636          configuration stored in /etc.
10637
10638        * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
10639          that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
10640          parsing of unknown mount options.
10641
10642        * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
10643          but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
10644          it already exist and not already be the correct
10645          symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
10646          added as well, which create block and character devices, as
10647          well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
10648          pre-existing files of different types.
10649
10650        * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
10651          'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
10652          symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
10653          same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
10654          full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
10655          with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
10656          shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
10657
10658        * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
10659          applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
10660          files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
10661          controls whether only enable or only disable operations
10662          shall be executed.
10663
10664        * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
10665          that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
10666          example whether it is fully up and running.
10667
10668        * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
10669          to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
10670          make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
10671          reset.
10672
10673        * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
10674          most basic services systemd ships by default.
10675
10676        * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
10677          field for defining the default instance to create if a
10678          template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
10679
10680        * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
10681          that may be used by services that need to make they run and
10682          finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
10683
10684        * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
10685          are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
10686          access to this group.
10687
10688        * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
10689          stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
10690          based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
10691          to the journal.
10692
10693        * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
10694          on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
10695          instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
10696          mode is the new default. A new configuration file
10697          /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
10698          and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
10699
10700        * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
10701          specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
10702          that makes sure to only show information about the most
10703          recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
10704          generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
10705          name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
10706          compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
10707          the old name to the new name.
10708
10709        * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
10710          that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
10711          coredumpctl without restrictions.
10712
10713        * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
10714          pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
10715          (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
10716          "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
10717          have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
10718          "systemd-debug-generator".
10719
10720        * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
10721          syscalls for containers, among them those required for
10722          kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
10723          management, and kexec. Most importantly though
10724          open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
10725          closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
10726          in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
10727          container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
10728          nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
10729          this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
10730          just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
10731
10732        * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
10733          contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
10734          layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
10735          specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
10736          been added to query many of these paths for the local
10737          machine and user.
10738
10739        * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
10740          longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
10741          limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
10742          in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
10743          directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
10744
10745        * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
10746          including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
10747          path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
10748          couple of drop-in directories.
10749
10750        * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
10751          sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
10752          distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
10753          only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
10754          for dev_port.
10755
10756        * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
10757          container (read from /etc/os-release and
10758          /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
10759          "machinectl status" for a machine.
10760
10761        * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
10762          added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
10763          return values, the service will be restarted when the main
10764          daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
10765          Restart= setting.
10766
10767        * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
10768          machines has been extended so that it may be used to
10769          directly connect to a specific container on the
10770          host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
10771          user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
10772          the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
10773          authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
10774          containers is a privileged operation.
10775
10776        Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
10777        Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
10778        Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
10779        Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
10780        Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10781        Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
10782        Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
10783        Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
10784        Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
10785        Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
10786        Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
10787        Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10788
10789        — Berlin, 2014-07-03
10790
10791CHANGES WITH 214:
10792
10793        * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
10794          disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
10795          executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
10796          Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
10797          disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
10798          device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
10799          handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
10800          was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
10801          table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
10802          synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
10803          This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
10804          cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
10805          devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
10806          devices are excluded from this logic.
10807
10808        * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
10809          since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
10810          upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
10811          and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
10812          change has been released.
10813
10814        * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
10815          time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
10816          libattr is thus unnecessary.
10817
10818        * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
10819          means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
10820          CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
10821          with fewer privileges.
10822
10823        * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
10824          user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
10825          CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
10826          loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
10827
10828        * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
10829          "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
10830
10831        * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
10832          "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
10833
10834        * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
10835          virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
10836          as GRE and VTI tunnels.
10837
10838        * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
10839          manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
10840          transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
10841          automatically when required. This only works correctly on
10842          very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
10843          the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
10844
10845        * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
10846          moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
10847          /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
10848
10849        * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
10850          have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
10851          (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
10852          (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
10853          very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
10854          modifications of user data or system files from
10855          services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
10856          of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
10857
10858        * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
10859          settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
10860          and FIFOs in the file system.
10861
10862        * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
10863          all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
10864          when the specific socket unit is stopped.
10865
10866        * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
10867          of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
10868          created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
10869          manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
10870          the socket itself.
10871
10872        * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
10873          /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
10874          connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
10875          used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
10876          but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
10877          that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
10878          symlinks, and nothing else.
10879
10880        * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
10881          sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
10882          sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
10883          notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
10884          useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
10885          process (for example, the parent process). The
10886          systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
10887          when sending messages (so that notification messages now
10888          originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
10889          not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
10890          a race where systemd fails to associate notification
10891          messages to services when the originating process already
10892          vanished.
10893
10894        * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
10895          set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
10896          reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
10897          signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
10898          does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
10899          signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
10900          Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
10901          terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
10902          indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
10903          or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
10904          all long-running services.
10905
10906        * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
10907          mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
10908          it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
10909          the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
10910          service.
10911
10912        * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
10913          systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
10914          applied to all submounts, too.
10915
10916        * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
10917
10918        * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
10919          from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
10920          implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
10921          from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
10922          substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
10923          fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
10924          of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
10925
10926        * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
10927          virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
10928          logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
10929          the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
10930          (domU) domains.
10931
10932        * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
10933          files or entire directories.
10934
10935        * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
10936          lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
10937          latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
10938          recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
10939          from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
10940
10941        * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
10942          /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run10943          /run symlink and create a couple of structural
10944          directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
10945          volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
10946          now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
10947          user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
10948          or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
10949          that they are able to automatically create their necessary
10950          directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
10951          the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
10952          the vendor image for /usr to boot.
10953
10954        * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
10955          empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
10956          particularly useful for making use of the automatic
10957          reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
10958
10959        * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
10960          prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
10961          by whether the existing file or directory is currently
10962          writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
10963          the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
10964          non-directories.
10965
10966        * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
10967          added which is useful for services that shall run before any
10968          network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
10969
10970        * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
10971          devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
10972          instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
10973          this group.
10974
10975        Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
10976        King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
10977        Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
10978        Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
10979        Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
10980        Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
10981        Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10982
10983        — Berlin, 2014-06-11
10984
10985CHANGES WITH 213:
10986
10987        * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
10988          synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
10989          implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
10990          implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
10991          this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
10992          the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
10993          one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
10994          it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
10995          want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
10996          client should be more than appropriate for most
10997          installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
10998          has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
10999          network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
11000          current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
11001          acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
11002          early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
11003          lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
11004          and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
11005          systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
11006          this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
11007          needs to be created on installation of systemd.
11008
11009        * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
11010          it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
11011          sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
11012          part of a different namespace.
11013
11014        * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
11015          a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
11016          for all local containers, similar in style to the already
11017          supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
11018
11019        * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
11020          units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
11021          to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
11022
11023        * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
11024          units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
11025          when a service fails. This works similarly to
11026          StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
11027          immediately rather than only after several attempts to
11028          restart the service in question.
11029
11030        * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
11031          release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
11032          executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
11033          systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
11034          details when running non-locally.
11035
11036        * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
11037          graphs it generates.
11038
11039        * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
11040          services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
11041          which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
11042          result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
11043          specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
11044
11045        * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
11046
11047        * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
11048          get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
11049          network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
11050          what it was on SysV systems.
11051
11052        * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
11053          how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
11054
11055        * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
11056          sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
11057          application-specific extension sections in unit files.
11058
11059        * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
11060          registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
11061          to show these addresses in its output.
11062
11063        * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
11064          sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
11065          user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
11066          user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
11067          preferred over a text one.
11068
11069        * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
11070          currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
11071          manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
11072          configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
11073          we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
11074          mDNS cache.
11075
11076        * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
11077          default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
11078          connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
11079          with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
11080          of network configuration performed in some other way.
11081
11082        * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
11083          StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
11084          CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
11085          system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
11086          differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
11087
11088        * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
11089          configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
11090          'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
11091          dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
11092          match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
11093          where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
11094          overrides any other settings.
11095
11096        Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
11097        den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
11098        Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
11099        David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
11100        Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
11101        Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
11102        Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
11103        Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
11104        Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
11105        Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
11106        Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
11107        Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
11108        Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
11109        Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
11110        Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
11111        Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
11112        Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11113
11114        — Beijing, 2014-05-28
11115
11116CHANGES WITH 212:
11117
11118        * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
11119          the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
11120          range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
11121          should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
11122          black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
11123          by accident.
11124
11125        * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
11126          determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
11127          registered with machined.
11128
11129        * sd-login gained new calls
11130          sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
11131          to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
11132          connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
11133          counterparts.
11134
11135        * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
11136          with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
11137          "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
11138          startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
11139          service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
11140          state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
11141          name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
11142          particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
11143          once.
11144
11145        * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
11146          that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
11147          state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
11148
11149        * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
11150          units on all local containers, when used with the
11151          "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
11152          executed when no parameters are specified).
11153
11154        * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
11155          two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
11156          cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
11157          on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
11158
11159        * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
11160          partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
11161          particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
11162          these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
11163          not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
11164          ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
11165
11166        * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
11167          --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
11168          machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
11169          of the container.
11170
11171        * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
11172          by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
11173          users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
11174          resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
11175          queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
11176          queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
11177          limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
11178          be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
11179
11180        * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
11181          --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
11182          instead of /.
11183
11184        * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
11185          logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
11186          emergency messages now.
11187
11188        * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
11189          journal log messages across the network.
11190
11191        * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
11192          controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
11193          directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
11194          security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
11195          actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
11196          find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
11197          (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
11198
11199        * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
11200          down a local OS container.
11201
11202        * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
11203          CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
11204          imply DevicePolicy=closed.
11205
11206        * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
11207          comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
11208          this is appropriate.
11209
11210        * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
11211          namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
11212          pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
11213
11214        * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
11215          the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
11216          connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
11217          for debugging purposes.
11218
11219        * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
11220          epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
11221          in seconds.
11222
11223        * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
11224          is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
11225          shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
11226          exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
11227          consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
11228          like on traditional inetd.
11229
11230        * A new system.conf configuration option
11231          DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
11232          default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
11233
11234        * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
11235          timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
11236          from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
11237          do these days).
11238
11239        * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
11240          timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
11241          been last triggered. This information is then used on next
11242          reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
11243          could not take place because the system was powered off.
11244          This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
11245
11246        * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
11247          timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
11248          it will be triggered.
11249
11250        * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
11251          addresses to its local interfaces.
11252
11253        Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
11254        Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
11255        Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
11256        Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
11257        Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
11258        Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
11259        Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
11260        Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
11261        Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11262
11263        — Berlin, 2014-03-25
11264
11265CHANGES WITH 211:
11266
11267        * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
11268          added to restrict which socket address families unit
11269          processes gain access to. This takes address family names
11270          like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
11271          attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
11272          is built on seccomp system call filters.
11273
11274        * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
11275          RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
11276          manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
11277          an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
11278          tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
11279          directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
11280          the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
11281          is particularly useful when writing services that drop
11282          privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
11283
11284        * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
11285          matching against device group names.
11286
11287        * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
11288          settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
11289          DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
11290          for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
11291          settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
11292          though.
11293
11294        * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
11295          root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
11296          also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
11297          place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
11298          the Discoverable Partitions Specification
11299          (https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/)
11300          is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
11301          /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
11302          systems prepared appropriately.
11303
11304        * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
11305          booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
11306          device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
11307          (see above). This means that installations made with
11308          appropriately updated installers may now be started and
11309          deployed using container managers, completely
11310          unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
11311          this feature soon, too.)
11312
11313        * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
11314          set up a private macvlan interface for the
11315          container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
11316          Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
11317
11318        * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
11319          using IPv4LL.
11320
11321        * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
11322          synchronously wait for network connectivity using
11323          systemd-networkd.
11324
11325        * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
11326          tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
11327          still not a public API though (unless you specify
11328          --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
11329          voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
11330
11331        * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
11332          now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
11333          introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
11334          size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
11335          can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
11336          filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
11337          RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
11338          controlling the default size limit for all users. It
11339          defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
11340          replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
11341          still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
11342          shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
11343          users.
11344
11345        * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
11346          on laptop lid close when more than one display is
11347          connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
11348          individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
11349          however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
11350          boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
11351          been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
11352          lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
11353          due to a closed lid.
11354
11355        * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
11356          suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
11357          suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
11358          should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
11359          be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
11360          order to then act as suspend blocker.
11361
11362        * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
11363          initialization of resource control properties (and others)
11364          for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
11365          --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
11366          updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
11367
11368        * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
11369          now also work in --scope mode.
11370
11371        * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
11372          for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
11373          kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
11374          promises are made.)
11375
11376        Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
11377        K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
11378        Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
11379        Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
11380        Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
11381        Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
11382        Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
11383        Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
11384        Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
11385        Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11386
11387        — Berlin, 2014-03-12
11388
11389CHANGES WITH 210:
11390
11391        * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
11392          according to SMACK rules.
11393
11394        * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
11395          set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
11396
11397        * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
11398          to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
11399          reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
11400
11401        * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
11402          virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
11403          and machine ID.
11404
11405        * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
11406          machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
11407          on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
11408          status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
11409          power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
11410          be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
11411          Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
11412          re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
11413          accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
11414          backpack or similar.
11415
11416        * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
11417          to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
11418          will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
11419          and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
11420          notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
11421          stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
11422          logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
11423          Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
11424          external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
11425          this on its own.
11426
11427        * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
11428          default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
11429          API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
11430          access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
11431
11432        * We will now ship a default .network file for
11433          systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
11434          network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
11435          --network-bridge= switches.
11436
11437        * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
11438          according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
11439          referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
11440          with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
11441          metrics, according to what is customary according to
11442          Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
11443          each configuration option.
11444
11445        * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
11446          allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
11447          the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
11448          it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
11449          at once.
11450
11451        * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
11452          this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
11453          source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
11454          implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
11455          triggered by other work being done in the program.
11456
11457        * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
11458          the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
11459          enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
11460          default however.
11461
11462        * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
11463          host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
11464          --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
11465          is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
11466          the host, for example to apply different configuration to
11467          them with systemd-networkd.
11468
11469        * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
11470          libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
11471          libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
11472          anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
11473          under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
11474          is drastically increased, but given that these are
11475          transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
11476          much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
11477          platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
11478          toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
11479          for other architectures like x86 and does not support
11480          IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
11481          during a transitional period!
11482
11483        * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
11484          anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
11485
11486        Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
11487        Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
11488        Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
11489        St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
11490        Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
11491        Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
11492        Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
11493        Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11494
11495        — Berlin, 2014-02-24
11496
11497CHANGES WITH 209:
11498
11499        * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
11500          be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
11501          via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
11502          bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
11503          configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
11504          container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
11505          yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
11506          configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
11507          hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
11508          configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
11509          interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
11510          or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
11511
11512        * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
11513          act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
11514          useful for adding socket activation support to services that
11515          do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
11516          machines and the like.
11517
11518        * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
11519          shutdown/boot.
11520
11521        * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
11522          display backlights on shutdown/boot.
11523
11524        * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
11525          nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
11526          now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
11527          prepared for additional security frameworks.
11528
11529        * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
11530          from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
11531          match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
11532          and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
11533          MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
11534          address assignment policy (randomized, …).
11535
11536        * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
11537          "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
11538          setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
11539          priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
11540          path). The default value of this setting is determined by
11541          /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
11542          80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
11543          removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
11544          be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
11545
11546        * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
11547          initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
11548
11549        * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
11550          now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
11551          implementation.
11552
11553        * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
11554          enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
11555          enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
11556          encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
11557          bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
11558          generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
11559          activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
11560          and .service units.
11561
11562        * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
11563          defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
11564          vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
11565
11566        * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
11567          introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
11568          as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
11569          nothing makes use of it.
11570
11571        * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
11572          via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
11573          compatibility with classic D-Bus.
11574
11575        * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
11576          classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
11577          compatibility purposes.
11578
11579        * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
11580          minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
11581          couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
11582          prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
11583          events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
11584          coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
11585          supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
11586          process handling.
11587
11588        * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
11589          around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
11590          style to "sd-bus.h".
11591
11592        * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
11593          small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
11594          "systemd-networkd".
11595
11596        * There is a new kernel command line option
11597          "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
11598          systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
11599          devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
11600          are not restored.
11601
11602        * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
11603          has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
11604          necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
11605          PID1's support for that anymore.
11606
11607        * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
11608          recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
11609
11610        * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
11611          busctl, systemd-run, … have gained a new switch "-M" to
11612          connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
11613          connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
11614          container that is registered with machined, such as those
11615          created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
11616
11617        * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
11618          to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
11619          useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
11620          onto remote systems.
11621
11622        * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
11623          login in any local container. This works with any container
11624          that is registered with machined (such as those created by
11625          libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
11626
11627        * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
11628          trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
11629          with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
11630          system of some kind.
11631
11632        * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
11633          listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
11634          next.
11635
11636        * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
11637          "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
11638          reboot() system call.
11639
11640        * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
11641          mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
11642          --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
11643          still available but not advertised anymore.
11644
11645        * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
11646          various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
11647          start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
11648          within each Unit.
11649
11650        * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
11651          policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
11652          the kernel).
11653
11654        * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
11655          timestamps (following the setting in
11656          /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
11657
11658        * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
11659          strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
11660
11661        * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
11662          AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
11663
11664        * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
11665          allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
11666          namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
11667
11668        * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
11669          the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
11670          contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
11671          the full configuration is shown.
11672
11673        * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
11674          commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
11675          those commands which take multiple unit names.
11676
11677        * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
11678
11679        * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
11680          that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
11681
11682        * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
11683          getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
11684          listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
11685          login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
11686
11687        * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
11688          used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
11689          not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
11690          instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
11691
11692        * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
11693          of the legend text.
11694
11695        * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
11696          sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
11697          sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
11698          remote sessions.
11699
11700        * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
11701          information of SDIO devices.
11702
11703        * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
11704          determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
11705          the system manager.
11706
11707        * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
11708          short description of the connection parameters in the
11709          description.
11710
11711        * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
11712          only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
11713          "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
11714          options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
11715          directives into those that can be safely executed at any
11716          time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
11717          example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
11718
11719        * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
11720          asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
11721          calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
11722          getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
11723          other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
11724          not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
11725          hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
11726          LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
11727          cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
11728
11729        * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
11730          "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
11731          libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
11732          libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
11733          merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
11734          provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
11735          dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
11736          symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
11737          a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
11738          libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
11739          things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
11740          substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
11741          is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
11742          provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
11743          "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
11744          library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
11745          switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
11746          of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
11747          provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
11748          easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
11749          provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
11750          will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
11751          old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
11752
11753        * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
11754          "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
11755          and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
11756          "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
11757          default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
11758          the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
11759          userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
11760          want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
11761          now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
11762          that you are aware of the instability of the current
11763          APIs.
11764
11765        * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
11766          it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
11767          can build a fully working system with all features; however,
11768          it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
11769          one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
11770          declare the APIs stable.
11771
11772        * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
11773          systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
11774          this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
11775          and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
11776          is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
11777          "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
11778          runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
11779          problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
11780          version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
11781          each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
11782          one of them is updated.
11783
11784        * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
11785          uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
11786          service manager so that it is inherited by services started
11787          by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
11788          $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
11789
11790        * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
11791          which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
11792          directory that does not contain any device nodes for
11793          physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
11794          such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
11795          entry points.
11796
11797        * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
11798          switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
11799          multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
11800          (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
11801          been disabled at compile-time.
11802
11803        * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
11804          and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
11805          identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
11806          cause slow suspends or power-offs.
11807
11808        * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
11809          option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
11810          which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
11811
11812        * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
11813          officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
11814          be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
11815
11816        * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
11817          short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
11818          the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
11819
11820        * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
11821          remains until jobs expire.
11822
11823        * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
11824          value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
11825          initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
11826          process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
11827          all remaining processes of the service.
11828
11829        * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
11830          may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
11831          RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
11832          down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
11833          the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
11834          be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
11835          manager process which created them takes no further
11836          responsibilities for it.
11837
11838        * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
11839          the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
11840          suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
11841          easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
11842          marked executable or world-writable.
11843
11844        * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
11845          container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
11846          systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
11847          "--setenv=" for consistency.
11848
11849        * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
11850          for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
11851          container to have its own set of system and user buses,
11852          independent of the host.
11853
11854        * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
11855          the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
11856          --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
11857          string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
11858
11859        * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
11860          with specific SELinux labels set.
11861
11862        * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
11863          any additional output but the container's own console
11864          output.
11865
11866        * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
11867          container without PID namespacing enabled.
11868
11869        * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
11870          whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
11871          not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
11872          OS images, but only specific apps.
11873
11874        * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
11875          when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
11876          results in registration of the unit service itself in
11877          systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
11878
11879        * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
11880          moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
11881          --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
11882          between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
11883          switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
11884          Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
11885
11886        * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
11887          setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
11888          useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
11889          similar option Personality= is now also available for service
11890          units to use.
11891
11892        * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
11893          session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
11894          useful for desktop environments that want to identify
11895          multiple running sessions of itself easily.
11896
11897        * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
11898          added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
11899          context for a service.
11900
11901        * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
11902          settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
11903          override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
11904          jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
11905          influence this logic.
11906
11907        * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
11908          the libseccomp library instead of using its own
11909          implementation. This has benefits for portability among
11910          other things.
11911
11912        * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
11913          SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
11914          allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
11915          on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
11916          process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
11917          limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
11918          (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
11919          architectures). There is also a global
11920          SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
11921          off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
11922
11923        * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
11924          please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
11925
11926        Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
11927        Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
11928        Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
11929        Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
11930        Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
11931        David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
11932        Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
11933        Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
11934        Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
11935        Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
11936        Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
11937        Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
11938        Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
11939        Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
11940        Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
11941        Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
11942        Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
11943        Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
11944        Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
11945        Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
11946        Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
11947        Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
11948        Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
11949        Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11950
11951        — Berlin, 2014-02-20
11952
11953CHANGES WITH 208:
11954
11955        * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
11956          and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
11957          useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
11958          programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
11959          access input and drm devices which are normally
11960          protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
11961          logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
11962          Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
11963          if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
11964          session switching without allowing background sessions to
11965          eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
11966          session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
11967          kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
11968
11969        * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
11970          now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
11971          encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
11972
11973        * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
11974          path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
11975          replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
11976          kernel version number.
11977
11978        * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
11979          may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
11980          or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
11981
11982        * This release removes high-level support for the
11983          MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
11984          cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
11985          designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
11986          current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
11987
11988        * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
11989          all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
11990          hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
11991          default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
11992          never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
11993          cgroup system.
11994
11995        * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
11996          messages containing the slice a message was generated
11997          from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
11998          logs among other things.
11999
12000        * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
12001          files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
12002          rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
12003          "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
12004          kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
12005          journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
12006          this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
12007          journald which would be necessary to resolve
12008          "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
12009          create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
12010          other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
12011          logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
12012          would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
12013          systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
12014          properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
12015          boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
12016          upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
12017          not delayed until next reboot.
12018
12019        * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
12020          the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
12021          systemd generated files in one directory.
12022
12023        * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
12024          "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
12025          performance information if that's available to determine how
12026          much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
12027          a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
12028          with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
12029
12030        Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
12031        Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
12032        Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
12033        feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12034        Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
12035        Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
12036        Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12037
12038        — Berlin, 2013-10-02
12039
12040CHANGES WITH 207:
12041
12042        * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
12043          on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
12044          automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
12045          alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
12046
12047        * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
12048          getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
12049          start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
12050          others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
12051          specified on the kernel command line less important.
12052
12053        * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
12054          retrieve the VT number of a session.
12055
12056        * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
12057          its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
12058          maximum number of tries.
12059
12060        * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
12061          file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
12062          afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
12063
12064        * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
12065          for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
12066
12067        * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
12068          paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
12069          it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
12070
12071        * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
12072          output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
12073          shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
12074
12075        * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
12076          synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
12077          "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
12078          and type).
12079
12080        * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
12081          LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
12082
12083        * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
12084          brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
12085          backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
12086          restore it as early as possible during reboot.
12087
12088        * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
12089          partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
12090          /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
12091          discover certain partitions located on the root disk
12092          automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
12093          GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
12094          partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
12095          0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
12096
12097        * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
12098          or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
12099          environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
12100          line systemd.setenv= assignment.
12101
12102        * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
12103          /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
12104          from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
12105          legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
12106          also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
12107          different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
12108          pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
12109
12110        * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
12111          have been moved to systemd-analyze.
12112
12113        * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
12114          which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
12115          automatically after the process terminated.
12116
12117        * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
12118          certain paths from operation.
12119
12120        * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
12121          as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
12122          is received.
12123
12124        Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
12125        Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
12126        Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
12127        McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
12128        Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
12129        Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
12130        Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
12131        Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
12132        Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
12133        Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
12134        Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
12135        Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
12136        William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12137
12138        — Berlin, 2013-09-13
12139
12140CHANGES WITH 206:
12141
12142        * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
12143          concepts introduced with 205.
12144
12145        * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
12146          resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
12147          -r".
12148
12149        * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
12150          load state, active state and sub state, using the new
12151          --state= parameter.
12152
12153        * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
12154          condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
12155          the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
12156          the journal.
12157
12158        * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
12159          specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
12160          but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
12161
12162        * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
12163          cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
12164          with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
12165          browsing logs from that point on.
12166
12167        * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
12168          of an FSS key.
12169
12170        * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
12171          into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
12172          databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
12173          information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
12174          be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
12175          does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
12176          kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
12177          alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
12178          will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
12179          module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
12180          create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
12181          other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
12182          facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
12183          CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
12184
12185        * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
12186          devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
12187          devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
12188          backing module right-away.
12189
12190        * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
12191          tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
12192
12193        * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
12194          detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
12195
12196        * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
12197          set of processes in the message metadata.
12198
12199        * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
12200
12201        * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
12202          support for passing performance data via environment
12203          variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
12204          removed). These features were non-essential, and are
12205          nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
12206          the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
12207          deserialize it again.
12208
12209        * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
12210          specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
12211          scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
12212          "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
12213
12214        * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
12215          argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
12216          completely silent shutdown when used.
12217
12218        * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
12219          option in .socket units.
12220
12221        * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
12222          subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
12223          configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
12224          implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
12225          system.slice as before.
12226
12227        * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
12228
12229        Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
12230        Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
12231        Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12232        Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
12233        Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
12234        Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
12235        Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12236
12237        — Berlin, 2013-07-23
12238
12239CHANGES WITH 205:
12240
12241        * Two new unit types have been introduced:
12242
12243          Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
12244          created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
12245          forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
12246          possible for system services and applications to group their
12247          own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
12248          which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
12249          together, or apply resource limits on them.
12250
12251          Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
12252          hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
12253          default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
12254          system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
12255          machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
12256
12257          Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
12258          context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
12259          single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
12260          creates/removes/manages cgroups.
12261
12262        * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
12263          normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
12264          not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
12265          means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
12266          independent services, with all execution parameters passed
12267          in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
12268          make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
12269          and useful as a general batch manager.
12270
12271        * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
12272          for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
12273          his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
12274          as scope units. We also added support for automatically
12275          adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
12276          slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
12277          hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
12278          for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
12279          user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
12280          the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
12281
12282        * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
12283          may be used by virtualization managers to register local
12284          VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
12285          libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
12286          of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
12287          them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
12288          meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
12289          and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
12290          is compile-time optional.
12291
12292        * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
12293          options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
12294          ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
12295          removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
12296          well as slice units.
12297
12298        * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
12299          various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
12300          useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
12301          but will be extended later on to make more properties
12302          modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
12303          command that wraps this call.
12304
12305        * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
12306          run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
12307          while configuring a number of settings via the command
12308          line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
12309          very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
12310          queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
12311          command line, similar in fashion to "at".
12312
12313        * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
12314          audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
12315          off audit.
12316
12317        * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
12318          frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
12319
12320        * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
12321          messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
12322          and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
12323          and system logs.
12324
12325        * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
12326          snippets extending unit files.
12327
12328        * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
12329          not available as public API.
12330
12331        * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
12332          command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
12333          "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
12334
12335        * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
12336          added to configure the default.target symlink, which
12337          controls what to boot into by default.
12338
12339        * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
12340          way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
12341
12342        * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
12343          generators needed for execution, as well as information
12344          about the unit file loading.
12345
12346        * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
12347          for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
12348          new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
12349          only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
12350          files from the system, as opening individual files only is
12351          racy due to journal file rotation.
12352
12353        * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
12354          /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
12355          all services.
12356
12357        * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
12358          OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
12359          augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
12360          OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, … fields. This is useful if
12361          system services want to log events about specific client
12362          processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
12363          of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
12364          unit is requested.
12365
12366        Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
12367        Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
12368        Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
12369        Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
12370        Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
12371        Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12372        Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
12373        Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
12374        Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
12375        Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
12376        Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
12377        Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
12378        Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
12379
12380CHANGES WITH 204:
12381
12382        * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
12383          exposed by libsystemd-logind.
12384
12385        * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
12386          this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
12387          miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
12388
12389        Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
12390        Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12391
12392CHANGES WITH 203:
12393
12394        * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
12395          necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
12396
12397        * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
12398          container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
12399          fields, including the root directory.
12400
12401        * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
12402          objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
12403          tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
12404          now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
12405          cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
12406          cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
12407          names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
12408          of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
12409          is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
12410          cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
12411          these objects without causing naming conflicts.
12412
12413        * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
12414          --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
12415
12416        * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
12417          have taken an inhibitor lock.
12418
12419        * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
12420          implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
12421          nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
12422          the local hostname.
12423
12424        * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
12425          sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
12426          VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
12427          nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
12428          VMs/containers coming and going.
12429
12430        * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
12431          unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
12432          .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
12433
12434        * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
12435          determines the slowest chain of units run during system
12436          boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
12437          optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
12438
12439        * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
12440          the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
12441          units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
12442
12443        * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
12444          be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
12445          services. With the container's root directory in
12446          /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
12447          "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
12448
12449        * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
12450          the processes within a certain container.
12451
12452        * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
12453          are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
12454          check though. Patches welcome!
12455
12456        * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
12457          added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
12458          systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
12459          or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
12460          "freeze" state accessible to the user.
12461
12462        * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
12463          the passed argument if applicable.
12464
12465        Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
12466        Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
12467        Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
12468        Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
12469        MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
12470        Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
12471        Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
12472        Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12473
12474CHANGES WITH 202:
12475
12476        * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
12477          '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
12478          command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
12479          a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
12480          socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
12481          units activate.
12482
12483        * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
12484          updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
12485          kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
12486          messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
12487          ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
12488          for now, and not installable.
12489
12490        * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
12491          that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
12492          can run in conjunction with udev.
12493
12494        * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
12495          to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
12496          in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
12497          session manager.
12498
12499        * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
12500          top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
12501          hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
12502          uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
12503          services, user processes and containers/virtual
12504          machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
12505          stable names to specific container instances, which can be
12506          recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
12507          via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
12508          gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
12509          name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
12510
12511        * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
12512
12513        * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
12514          sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
12515          matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
12516          logical expressions.
12517
12518        * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
12519          switches.
12520
12521        * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
12522          command line switch for specifying a file to read the
12523          decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
12524          found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
12525          the user.
12526
12527        * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
12528          added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
12529          changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
12530          closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
12531          s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
12532          an entry.
12533
12534        Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
12535        Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12536        Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
12537        Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
12538        Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
12539        Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12540
12541CHANGES WITH 201:
12542
12543        * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
12544          option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
12545          directory.
12546
12547        * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
12548          services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
12549          processes. We will now print the name of these processes
12550          when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
12551          problem.
12552
12553        * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
12554          configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
12555          generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
12556          before the key file is attempted to be read.
12557
12558        * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
12559          network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
12560
12561        * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
12562          drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
12563          files in this context are files such as
12564          /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
12565
12566        * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
12567          cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
12568          percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
12569          which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
12570          runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
12571          to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
12572
12573        * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
12574          hostnames.
12575
12576        * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
12577          changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
12578          such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
12579          expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
12580          rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
12581          millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
12582          microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
12583          all time-related output of systemd.
12584
12585        * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
12586          functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
12587          timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
12588          loops.
12589
12590        * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
12591          (models, layouts, variants, options).
12592
12593        * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
12594          specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
12595          more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
12596          graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
12597          of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
12598
12599        Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
12600        Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
12601        Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
12602        Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
12603        Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
12604        Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
12605        Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
12606
12607CHANGES WITH 200:
12608
12609        * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
12610          will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
12611          consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
12612          intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
12613          data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
12614          middle ground between physical and access time order.
12615
12616        * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
12617          on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
12618          images.
12619
12620        Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
12621        Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
12622        William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12623
12624CHANGES WITH 199:
12625
12626        * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
12627
12628        * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
12629          security policy.
12630
12631        * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
12632          ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
12633          changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
12634          shared by all processes of a service (which means
12635          ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
12636          the same service can still access). When a service is
12637          stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
12638          (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
12639          this though).
12640
12641        * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
12642          variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
12643          on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
12644          disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
12645          protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
12646          be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
12647
12648        * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
12649          with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
12650
12651        * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
12652          pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
12653
12654          https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
12655
12656        * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
12657          at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
12658          be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
12659          reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
12660          can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
12661
12662        * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
12663          to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
12664          system is to be mounted.
12665
12666        * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
12667          canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
12668          from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
12669          purpose for socket units.
12670
12671        * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
12672          to set sysfs attributes of a device.
12673
12674        * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
12675          processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
12676          CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
12677          to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
12678          parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
12679
12680        Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
12681        Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
12682        Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
12683        Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
12684        Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
12685        Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
12686        Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
12687        Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
12688        Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12689
12690CHANGES WITH 198:
12691
12692        * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
12693          files without having to edit/override the unit files
12694          themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
12695          change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
12696          now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
12697          /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
12698          will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
12699          main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
12700          overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
12701          generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
12702          unit files locally: copying the files from
12703          /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
12704          them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
12705          that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
12706          snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
12707          directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
12708          overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
12709          for them too.
12710
12711        * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
12712          reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
12713          normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
12714          environment variable assignment to the environment block,
12715          each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
12716          string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
12717          particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
12718          mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
12719          settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
12720
12721        * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
12722          listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
12723
12724        * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
12725          suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
12726          GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
12727          other users.
12728
12729        * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
12730          controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
12731          for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
12732          like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
12733          2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
12734          settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
12735          administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
12736          services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
12737          management logic is also available to other programs via the
12738          bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
12739          supported.
12740
12741        * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
12742          all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
12743          the foreground VT.
12744
12745        * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
12746          call.
12747
12748        * This release drops support for a few legacy or
12749          distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
12750          scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
12751          $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
12752          $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
12753          this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
12754          compatibility with this should carry the burden for
12755          supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
12756          in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
12757          $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
12758          early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
12759          are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
12760          also been removed.
12761
12762        * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
12763          cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
12764          both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
12765          objects themselves.
12766
12767        * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
12768
12769        * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
12770          now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
12771          last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
12772          to how this is supported in shells.
12773
12774        * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
12775          now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
12776          has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
12777          user systemd instance.
12778
12779        * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
12780          CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
12781          the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
12782          Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
12783          audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
12784          kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
12785          context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
12786          of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
12787          one day for good in the kernel.
12788
12789        * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
12790          bind mount specific directories from the host into the
12791          container.
12792
12793        * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
12794          into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
12795          the host into the container.
12796
12797        * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
12798          information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
12799          supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
12800          analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
12801          only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
12802          by other boot loaders too. For details see:
12803
12804          https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
12805
12806        * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
12807          EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
12808          exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
12809          configured to be mounted there.
12810
12811        * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
12812          unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
12813          used by applications as asynchronous notification for
12814          system resume events.
12815
12816        * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
12817          unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
12818          to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
12819          sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
12820
12821        * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
12822          seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
12823          the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
12824          card).
12825
12826        * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
12827          configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
12828          shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
12829
12830        * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
12831          at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
12832          later "change" event.
12833
12834        * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
12835          now carry a message ID.
12836
12837        * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
12838          continues to be work in progress.
12839
12840        * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
12841          root directory to operate relative to.
12842
12843        * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
12844          early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
12845          instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
12846          times a little.
12847
12848        * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
12849          certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
12850          and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
12851          like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
12852          graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
12853          request boot into firmware operations.
12854
12855        * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
12856          the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
12857          correctly in initrds.
12858
12859        * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
12860          compile time optional via a configure switch.
12861
12862        * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
12863          dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
12864
12865        * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
12866          the status of all active or failed units.
12867
12868        * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
12869          with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
12870          operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
12871          job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
12872          requests more robust.
12873
12874        * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
12875          reading journal files.
12876
12877        * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
12878          kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
12879
12880          https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION
12881
12882        * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
12883          animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
12884
12885        * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
12886          to test socket activation with, directly from the command
12887          line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
12888          socket activation in daemons.
12889
12890        * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
12891          journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
12892
12893        * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
12894          to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
12895          pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
12896
12897        * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
12898          similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
12899          system units.
12900
12901        * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
12902          initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
12903          the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
12904
12905        * The journal files are now owned by a new group
12906          "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
12907          to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
12908          "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
12909          than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
12910          already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
12911          daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
12912          as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
12913          up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
12914          access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
12915          the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
12916          add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
12917          all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
12918          administrators little changes, however packagers need to
12919          ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
12920          package installation time.
12921
12922        * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
12923          systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
12924          scripts need to create these system user/group at
12925          installation time.
12926
12927        * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
12928          indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
12929
12930        * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
12931
12932        * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
12933          available.
12934
12935        * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
12936          load SMACK policies at early boot.
12937
12938        Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
12939        Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
12940        Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
12941        Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
12942        Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
12943        Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
12944        Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
12945        Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
12946        Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
12947        Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
12948        Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
12949        Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
12950        Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
12951        Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
12952
12953CHANGES WITH 197:
12954
12955        * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
12956          monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
12957          based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
12958          2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
12959          or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
12960          a Thursday or a Friday. This brings timer event support
12961          considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
12962          the supported calendar time specification language see
12963          systemd.time(7).
12964
12965        * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
12966          network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
12967          of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
12968          document for details:
12969
12970          https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.net-naming-scheme.html
12971
12972        * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
12973          systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
12974          boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
12975          implementations around and minimal in its code and
12976          dependencies.
12977
12978        * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
12979          tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
12980          always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
12981          requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
12982          since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
12983          include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
12984          with a configure switch.
12985
12986        * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
12987          whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
12988          order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
12989          only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
12990          such as ext4.
12991
12992        * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
12993          IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
12994          identities are attached to the devices as well.
12995
12996        * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
12997          replaced by the configured user name of the service.
12998
12999        * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
13000          makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
13001          may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
13002          using only core OS tools.
13003
13004        * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
13005          when they are started for socket activation. This enables
13006          implementation of socket activated nspawn
13007          containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
13008          when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
13009          that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
13010          eventually.
13011
13012        * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
13013          presenting log data.
13014
13015        * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
13016          a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
13017
13018        * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
13019          system on idle.
13020
13021        * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
13022          type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
13023          the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
13024          tablet. This information may either be configured by the
13025          user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
13026          information if possible.
13027
13028        * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
13029          rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
13030          will now authenticate similar ones as well.
13031
13032        * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
13033          may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
13034          AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
13035          is running on battery power.
13036
13037        * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
13038          shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
13039          is in the "failed" state.
13040
13041        * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
13042          globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
13043          environment files at once.
13044
13045        * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
13046          distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
13047          removed, systemd is now fully generic and
13048          distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
13049          a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
13050          switches. However, support for some distribution specific
13051          legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
13052          recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
13053          files everybody else uses now and convert the old
13054          configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
13055          already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
13056          distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
13057          pieces of code locally from the git history.
13058
13059        * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
13060          log the unit name in the message meta data.
13061
13062        * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
13063          not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
13064
13065        * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
13066          devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
13067          to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
13068          it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
13069          "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
13070          be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
13071          devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
13072          integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
13073          as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
13074          we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
13075          and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
13076          shipped from us upstream.
13077
13078        Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
13079        Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
13080        Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
13081        Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
13082        Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13083        Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
13084        Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
13085        Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
13086        Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
13087        Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
13088        Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
13089        Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
13090        Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13091
13092CHANGES WITH 196:
13093
13094        * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
13095          from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
13096          and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
13097          "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
13098          USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
13099          the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
13100          becoming the one central database for non-essential
13101          userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
13102          database was only attached to select devices, since the
13103          lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
13104          complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
13105          database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
13106          data for all devices where this is available, by
13107          default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
13108          when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
13109          to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
13110          --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
13111          RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
13112          %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
13113
13114        * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
13115          indexed database to link up additional information with
13116          journal entries. For further details please check:
13117
13118          https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
13119
13120          The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
13121          rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
13122          "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
13123          distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
13124          macro for this purpose.
13125
13126        * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
13127          Python logging framework.
13128
13129        * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
13130          the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
13131          properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
13132          applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
13133          need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
13134          time intervals.
13135
13136        * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
13137          entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
13138          shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
13139
13140        * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
13141          right-away on the selected coredump.
13142
13143        * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
13144          support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
13145          "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
13146
13147        * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
13148          now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
13149          request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
13150          actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
13151
13152        * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
13153          default.
13154
13155        * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
13156          SMACK security label.
13157
13158        * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
13159          daylight saving change.
13160
13161        * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
13162          concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
13163          (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
13164          or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
13165          distributions who still need support this to either continue
13166          to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
13167          different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
13168
13169        * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
13170          root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
13171          be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
13172          systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
13173          day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
13174          fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
13175          something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
13176
13177        * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
13178          systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
13179
13180        * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
13181          more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
13182          initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
13183          further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
13184          offline updating tools.
13185
13186        * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
13187          shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
13188          installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
13189          %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
13190          %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
13191          directories for packages to place various data files in.
13192
13193        * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
13194          --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
13195
13196        Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
13197        Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
13198        Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
13199        Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
13200        Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
13201        Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
13202        Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
13203        Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
13204        Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13205
13206CHANGES WITH 195:
13207
13208        * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
13209          filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
13210          units via --unit=/-u.
13211
13212        * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
13213          right thing.
13214
13215        * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
13216          vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
13217          rotation.
13218
13219        * The journal will now index the available field values for
13220          each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
13221          downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
13222          completion of journalctl has been updated
13223          accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
13224          values a certain field takes in the journal database.
13225
13226        * More service events are now written as structured messages
13227          to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
13228
13229        * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
13230          previously only provided support for changing time, locale
13231          and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
13232          also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
13233          utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
13234          these settings from the command line now, especially since
13235          it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
13236          completion.
13237
13238        * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
13239          extract coredumps from the journal.
13240
13241        * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
13242          /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
13243          scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
13244          that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
13245          scratch their heads.
13246
13247        * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
13248          $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
13249
13250        * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
13251          in immediate termination of systemd.
13252
13253        * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
13254          "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
13255
13256        * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
13257          information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
13258          mouse screen support has been added.
13259
13260        * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
13261          Server-Sent-Events as output.
13262
13263        * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
13264          heuristically determine whether a script supports the
13265          "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
13266          "systemctl reload".
13267
13268        * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
13269          -u" instead.
13270
13271        * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
13272          have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
13273          configured.
13274
13275        * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
13276          Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
13277
13278        Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
13279        Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
13280        Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
13281        Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
13282        Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
13283        Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
13284        Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
13285
13286CHANGES WITH 194:
13287
13288        * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
13289          longer load any console font or key map at boot by
13290          default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
13291          intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
13292          configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
13293          font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
13294          idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
13295          good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
13296          the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
13297          with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
13298          non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
13299          /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
13300
13301        Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
13302        Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
13303        Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13304
13305CHANGES WITH 193:
13306
13307        * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
13308          starting from the specified location in the journal.
13309
13310        * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
13311          with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
13312          assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
13313
13314        * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
13315          "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
13316          access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
13317          will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
13318          pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
13319          as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
13320          now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
13321
13322          # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
13323          # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
13324
13325          This will download the journal contents in a
13326          /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
13327
13328          # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
13329
13330          This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
13331          single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
13332          to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
13333          journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
13334          screenshot of this app in its current state:
13335
13336          http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
13337
13338        Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
13339        Milasan, Tom Gundersen
13340
13341CHANGES WITH 192:
13342
13343        * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
13344          too.
13345
13346        * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
13347          "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
13348          started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
13349          broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
13350          just start them.
13351
13352        * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
13353          and line break accordingly.
13354
13355        Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13356        Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
13357
13358CHANGES WITH 191:
13359
13360        * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
13361          container environment, copying the host's timezone
13362          setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
13363          since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
13364          changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
13365
13366        * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
13367          will default to 10 if omitted.
13368
13369        * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
13370          take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
13371          built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
13372          system size is used. Use "systemctl status
13373          systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
13374
13375        * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
13376          is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
13377          seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
13378          anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
13379          until the upstream display managers have been updated to
13380          fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
13381          removed entirely in one of the next releases.
13382
13383        * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
13384          HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
13385          is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
13386          distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
13387          also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
13388          into two.
13389
13390        Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
13391        Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
13392
13393CHANGES WITH 190:
13394
13395        * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
13396          journal and show along the unit's own log output in
13397          "systemctl status".
13398
13399        * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
13400          mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
13401          system to another place in the same file system could not be
13402          detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
13403          field.)
13404
13405        * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
13406          cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
13407          default.
13408
13409        * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
13410          ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
13411          over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
13412          has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
13413          in a container.
13414
13415        * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
13416          to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
13417          JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
13418          parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
13419          "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
13420          neatly aligned for readability by humans.
13421
13422        * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
13423          code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
13424          reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
13425          no-op.
13426
13427        * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
13428          supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
13429          CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
13430          nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
13431          container if the containerized OS asks for that.
13432
13433        * journalctl will only show local log output by default
13434          now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
13435
13436        * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
13437          call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
13438          files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
13439          command.
13440
13441        * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
13442          journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
13443          are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
13444
13445        * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
13446
13447        * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
13448          multiple files at once.
13449
13450        * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
13451          APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
13452          likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
13453          only for the Python language, as we consider it common
13454          enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
13455          various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
13456          for languages such as PHP or Lua.
13457
13458        * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
13459          addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
13460          now support specifiers as well.
13461
13462        * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
13463          dir: %_presetdir.
13464
13465        * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
13466          syslog daemon because its socket is full.
13467
13468        * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
13469          except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
13470          anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
13471          and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
13472          anymore.
13473
13474        * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
13475          by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
13476          started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
13477          so that no text gettys were available anymore.
13478
13479        * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
13480          about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
13481          simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
13482
13483        * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
13484          (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
13485          default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
13486          sockets.
13487
13488        * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
13489          kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
13490          is changed.
13491
13492        * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
13493          logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
13494          keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
13495          to handle these events on their own they should take the new
13496          handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
13497          inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
13498          that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
13499
13500          systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch …
13501
13502        * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
13503          the unit file label and client process label into account.
13504
13505        * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
13506          when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
13507
13508        * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
13509          for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
13510          (%b).
13511
13512        Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
13513        Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
13514        Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13515        Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
13516        Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
13517        Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
13518        Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13519
13520CHANGES WITH 189:
13521
13522        * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
13523          /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
13524
13525        * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
13526          been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
13527          make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
13528          reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
13529          above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
13530          syslog daemons again.
13531
13532        * The libudev API gained the new
13533          udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
13534
13535        * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
13536          ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
13537          require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
13538          directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
13539
13540        * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
13541          made on the host OS below the root file system of the
13542          container.
13543
13544        * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
13545          which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
13546          that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
13547          being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
13548          this explaining it in more detail.
13549
13550        * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
13551          and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
13552          status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
13553          restart logic, resp. consider successful.
13554
13555        * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
13556          to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
13557          (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
13558          journal files.
13559
13560        * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
13561          and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
13562          as container init process a lot more fun.
13563
13564        * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
13565          entries.
13566
13567        * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
13568          against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
13569          useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
13570          provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
13571          different sets of services.
13572
13573        * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
13574          failure state.
13575
13576        Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
13577        Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
13578        Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13579
13580CHANGES WITH 188:
13581
13582        * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
13583          subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
13584          tree a lot more organized.
13585
13586        * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
13587          may be used to group services in a natural way.
13588
13589        * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
13590          services.
13591
13592        * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
13593          warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
13594          filtering by log level now.
13595
13596        * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
13597          the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
13598          -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
13599
13600        * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
13601          command lines involving service unit names.
13602
13603        * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
13604          well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
13605
13606        * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
13607          that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
13608          and encodes structured information about the error number.
13609
13610        * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
13611          option.
13612
13613        * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
13614          a shutdown is cancelled.
13615
13616        * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
13617          default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
13618          nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
13619          the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
13620          --make-rprivate /" if needed.
13621
13622        * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
13623          should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
13624          it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
13625          for display managers instead.
13626
13627        * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
13628          default to a number of compiler switches that improve
13629          security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
13630          protection, and suchlike.
13631
13632        * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
13633          TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
13634          of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
13635          the service.
13636
13637        Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
13638        Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
13639        Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
13640        Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
13641        Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
13642        Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13643
13644CHANGES WITH 187:
13645
13646        * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
13647          pages.
13648
13649        * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
13650          the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
13651          data loss.
13652
13653        * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
13654          option.
13655
13656        * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
13657
13658        * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
13659          make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
13660
13661        * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
13662          specific directory.
13663
13664        * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
13665          messages of two different boots.
13666
13667        * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
13668          systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
13669          by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
13670
13671        * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
13672          more complex expressions, with alternatives and
13673          disjunctions.
13674
13675        * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
13676          system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
13677          ensure no processes stay around by accident.
13678
13679        * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
13680          resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
13681          shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
13682
13683        * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
13684          object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
13685          hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
13686          together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
13687          speed things up a bit.
13688
13689        * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
13690          header data of journal files.
13691
13692        * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
13693          be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
13694          based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
13695
13696        * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
13697          to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
13698          very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
13699          guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
13700
13701        * Many bugfixes and optimizations
13702
13703        Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
13704        Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
13705        Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
13706        Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13707
13708CHANGES WITH 186:
13709
13710        * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
13711          which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
13712          usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
13713          prefixed with rd.
13714
13715        * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
13716          automatically generated at boot. Use:
13717
13718          /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
13719
13720        * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
13721
13722          systemctl enable debug-shell.service
13723
13724        * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
13725          package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
13726          as well.
13727
13728        * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
13729          a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
13730          in all appropriate directories automatically.
13731
13732        * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
13733          does the right thing. Example:
13734
13735          udevadm info /dev/sda
13736          udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
13737
13738        * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
13739          unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
13740          service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
13741          running.
13742
13743        * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
13744          shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
13745
13746        * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
13747          "cutoff" times due to rotation.
13748
13749        * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
13750          immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
13751          resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
13752          files.
13753
13754        * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
13755          be stopped that is not loaded.
13756
13757        * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
13758
13759        * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
13760
13761        * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
13762          where the first level dirs are always kept around but
13763          directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
13764          by prefixing the age field with '~'.
13765
13766        * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
13767          which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
13768          display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
13769          completed initialization.
13770
13771        * Seat objects now expose a State property.
13772
13773        * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
13774          based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
13775          distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
13776          makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
13777          distributions.
13778
13779        * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
13780          always valid when services log to the journal via
13781          STDOUT/STDERR.
13782
13783        * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
13784          command line options we understand.
13785
13786        * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
13787          fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
13788
13789        * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
13790          to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
13791
13792        * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
13793          automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
13794          device paths are specified they are automatically turned
13795          into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
13796
13797          systemctl status /home
13798          systemctl status /dev/sda
13799
13800        * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
13801          system.conf parsing.
13802
13803        * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
13804          Manager object.
13805
13806        * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
13807
13808        * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
13809
13810        * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
13811          comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
13812          complete.
13813
13814        * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
13815          name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
13816          code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
13817          systemd-fsck@.service.
13818
13819        * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
13820          Manager object.
13821
13822        * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
13823          work sensibly.
13824
13825        * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
13826          we actually understand.
13827
13828        * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
13829          additional capabilities to the container.
13830
13831        * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
13832          from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
13833          systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
13834
13835        * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
13836          the current boot only.
13837
13838        * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
13839          order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
13840
13841        * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
13842          which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
13843          also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
13844          that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
13845          kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
13846
13847        * Many bugfixes and optimizations
13848
13849        Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
13850        David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
13851        Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
13852        Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
13853
13854CHANGES WITH 185:
13855
13856        * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
13857          available.
13858
13859        * Several new man pages have been added.
13860
13861        * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
13862          MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
13863          journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
13864          data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
13865
13866        * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
13867          PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
13868
13869        Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
13870        Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
13871        Matthias Clasen
13872
13873CHANGES WITH 184:
13874
13875        * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
13876          sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
13877
13878        * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
13879          /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
13880          daemon.
13881
13882        * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
13883          the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
13884
13885        Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
13886        Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
13887        Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
13888        Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
13889
13890CHANGES WITH 183:
13891
13892        * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
13893          new version to something that is greater than both udev's
13894          and systemd's most recent version number.
13895
13896        * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
13897          All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
13898          is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
13899          systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
13900          udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
13901          udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
13902
13903        * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
13904          should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
13905          subsystems.
13906
13907        * udev: RUN+="socket:…"  and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
13908          no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
13909          used to subscribe to events.
13910
13911        * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
13912          behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
13913          up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
13914          daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
13915          pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
13916          forked by udev rules.
13917
13918        * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
13919          in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
13920          to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
13921          it.
13922
13923        * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
13924            udev_monitor_from_socket()
13925            udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
13926            udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
13927          The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
13928
13929        * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
13930          to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
13931
13932        * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
13933          /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
13934          logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
13935          the files to the new names on upgrade.
13936
13937        * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
13938          from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
13939          of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
13940          and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
13941          to be used as drop-in files.
13942
13943        * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
13944          particular suspending and hibernating.
13945
13946        * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
13947          suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
13948          about this in more detail.
13949
13950        * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
13951          (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
13952          places). Distributions which have not converted these
13953          directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
13954          from git history and add them downstream.
13955
13956        * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
13957          this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
13958          easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
13959          units.
13960
13961        * All smaller setup units (such as
13962          systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
13963          are run in a container and are skipped when
13964          appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
13965          Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
13966
13967        * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
13968          integrated, for details see:
13969          https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.offline-updates.html
13970
13971        * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
13972          avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
13973          messages.
13974
13975        * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
13976          globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
13977          system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
13978          CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
13979          even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
13980
13981        * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
13982          globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
13983          for all units started by PID 1.
13984
13985        * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
13986          systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
13987          and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
13988
13989        * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
13990          of PID 1 anymore.
13991
13992        * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
13993          /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
13994          have not been read by systemd yet.
13995
13996        * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
13997          already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
13998          initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
13999          easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
14000          the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
14001          and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
14002
14003        * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
14004          between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
14005
14006        * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
14007
14008        * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
14009          proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
14010          so sexy.
14011
14012        * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
14013          files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
14014          is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
14015          packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
14016          patterns.
14017
14018        * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
14019          when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
14020          built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
14021          of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
14022
14023        * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
14024          for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
14025
14026        * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
14027          system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
14028          in systemd now.
14029
14030        * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
14031          ID on the command line.
14032
14033        * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
14034          for an init system.
14035
14036        * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
14037          vt100.
14038
14039        * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
14040
14041        * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
14042          components now have directories of their own.
14043
14044        * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
14045
14046        * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
14047          container in other hierarchies.
14048
14049        * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
14050          system.conf.
14051
14052        * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
14053
14054        * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
14055          masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
14056
14057        * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
14058          mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
14059
14060        * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
14061          locally generated journal files.
14062
14063        * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
14064
14065        * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
14066
14067        Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
14068        Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
14069        Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
14070        Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
14071        Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
14072        Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
14073        A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
14074        Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
14075        Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
14076        Gundersen
14077
14078CHANGES WITH 44:
14079
14080        * This is mostly a bugfix release
14081
14082        * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
14083          KVM or container configured UUID.
14084
14085        * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
14086
14087        * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
14088
14089        * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
14090          ensuring that disk space enforcement works
14091
14092        * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
14093
14094        * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
14095          folks
14096
14097        * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
14098          and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
14099          data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
14100
14101        * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
14102          configuration
14103
14104        * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
14105          free fashion
14106
14107        * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
14108          overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
14109          and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
14110          automatically generated data.
14111
14112        * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
14113          pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
14114          however.
14115
14116        * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
14117          tarball.
14118
14119        Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
14120        Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
14121        Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
14122        Reding
14123
14124CHANGES WITH 43:
14125
14126        * This is mostly a bugfix release
14127
14128        * systems lacking /etc/os-release  are no longer supported.
14129
14130        * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
14131
14132        * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
14133          normal user logins.
14134
14135        Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
14136        Biebl
14137
14138CHANGES WITH 42:
14139
14140        * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
14141
14142        * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
14143          for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
14144          xsltproc.
14145
14146        * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
14147          a future release support for hardware watchdogs
14148          (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
14149
14150        * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
14151          turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
14152          reboot can automatically be triggered.
14153
14154        * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
14155
14156        Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
14157        Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
14158        Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
14159
14160CHANGES WITH 41:
14161
14162        * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
14163          An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
14164          package update.
14165
14166        * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
14167          libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
14168          support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
14169
14170        * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
14171          complete.
14172
14173        * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
14174          understood to set system wide environment variables
14175          dynamically at boot.
14176
14177        * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
14178
14179        * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
14180          useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
14181          code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
14182          files.
14183
14184        Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14185        Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
14186        William Douglas
14187
14188CHANGES WITH 40:
14189
14190        * This is mostly a bugfix release
14191
14192        * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
14193          "Result" D-Bus property.
14194
14195        * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
14196          the next few releases.)
14197
14198        * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
14199          now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
14200          it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
14201          with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
14202
14203        Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
14204        Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
14205        Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
14206
14207CHANGES WITH 39:
14208
14209        * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
14210          bugfixes.
14211
14212        * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
14213          resource usage.
14214
14215        * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
14216          disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
14217          goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
14218          journals by the respective users.
14219
14220        * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
14221          owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
14222          to the system journal as well as all user journals.
14223
14224        * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
14225          client for all entries.
14226
14227        * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
14228
14229        * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
14230          messages, without any meta data like date or time.
14231
14232        * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
14233          teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
14234          managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
14235          learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
14236
14237        * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
14238          with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
14239          BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
14240
14241        * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
14242          journal along with meta data.
14243
14244        * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
14245          writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
14246          creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
14247
14248        * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
14249          persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
14250          https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
14251
14252        * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
14253
14254        * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
14255          rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
14256          death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
14257          or fsck.
14258
14259        * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
14260          requested with new -k switch.
14261
14262        Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14263        Poettering, Michal Schmidt
14264
14265CHANGES WITH 38:
14266
14267        * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
14268          bugfixes.
14269
14270        * The git repository moved to:
14271          git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
14272          ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
14273
14274        * First release with the journal
14275          http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
14276
14277        * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
14278          systemd-stdout-bridge.
14279
14280        * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
14281
14282        * Many systemadm clean-ups
14283
14284        * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
14285          remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
14286          remote mounts.
14287
14288        * Added Mageia support
14289
14290        * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
14291
14292        * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
14293          the parent process before having finished writing the PID
14294          file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
14295          fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
14296          parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
14297
14298        * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
14299          of existing distributions.
14300
14301        * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
14302          compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
14303
14304        * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
14305          thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
14306          boot.
14307
14308        * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
14309
14310        * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
14311          relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
14312          useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
14313          among other things.
14314
14315        * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
14316          and the journal by default, not only just the console.
14317
14318        * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
14319
14320        * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
14321          lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
14322          select the components of systemd they are interested in.
14323
14324        * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
14325          restored.
14326
14327        * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
14328          --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
14329          kmod
14330
14331        * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
14332          of /usr/local by default.
14333
14334        * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
14335          final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
14336          in:
14337          https://systemd.io/ROOT_STORAGE_DAEMONS/
14338
14339        * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
14340          the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
14341          SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
14342          background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
14343          supported anyway, and bad style).
14344
14345        * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
14346          reloading of units together.
14347
14348        Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
14349        Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
14350        Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
14351        Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
14352        Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14353